Government of Karnataka

Department of Technical Education

Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
Course Title : Analog Electronics Circuits Course Code : 15EC31T
Semester : Third Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P): 4:0:0 Credits :4
Type of course : Lecture Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 100 Marks

Prerequisites
Basic principles of electrical and electronics engineering and knowledge of semiconductor
theory and devices
Course Objectives
1. Understand the concept and applications of regulated power supplies, SMPS and UPS.
2. Understand the concept of amplification, operating point on DC load line and amplifier
applications.
3. Study the working principles of different Op-amp circuits.
4. Construct and verify working of basic wave-shaping circuits such as clipping and
clamping circuits.
5. Know the different circuits of sinusoidal oscillators and their applications.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain the following COs
Linked Teaching
Course Outcome CL
POs Hours
Construct and analyse sub-circuits of DC
CO1 R/U/A 1,2,3,5,6,10 12
regulated power supplies

CO2 Appraise the applications of SMPS and UPS R/U/A 1,2,3,5,6,10 12

CO3 Realize amplifier applications of BJT R/U/A 1,2,3,10 10

Construct and analyse the Op-amp application

CO4 R/U/A 1,2,3,10 07
circuits

CO5 Design and analyse active filter circuits R/U/A 1,2,3,10 06

Select and analyse simple oscillator circuits and

CO6 R/U/A 1,2,3,10 05
wave-shaping circuits
Total 52
Legends: PO-Program Outcome, CO-Course Outcome, CL-Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-
Apply

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 1

 Course-PO attainment matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Analog Electronics
3 3 3 -- 3 3 -- -- -- 3
Circuits
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Course content and pattern of marks for SEE

Weightage for
Teaching CLs in SEE Weightage
Unit Unit Name Marks
Hours (%)
R U A
1 Power supplies 12 10 10 10 30 20
2 BJT Biasing and amplifiers 12 10 10 10 30 20
3 OP-AMP and applications 10 05 10 15 30 20
Active filters and
4 07 05 10 10 25 18
instrumentation amplifier
5 Wave-shaping circuits 06 05 05 05 15 11
6 Sinusoidal oscillators 05 05 05 05 15 11
Total 52 40 50 55 145 100
Legend: R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Application

Course Contents

Unit 1: Power supplies 12 Hours

DC regulated power supply: Need and block diagram. Rectifiers: Ripple Factor, Ripple
Frequency, Efficiency, Peak Inverse Voltage. Circuits, operations and waveforms of half-
wave and full-wave (centre-tap transformer and bridge) rectifiers. Expressions for ripple
factor and efficiency, simple problems. Filters: Need for filters in power supplies, working of
C and PI filter with waveforms. Regulators: Need for voltage regulators in power supplies,
working of voltage regulator using Zener diode, line and load regulation. IC voltage
regulators: Features of 78xx, 79xx, LM 317 ICs. Basic switching regulator: Definition,
working, step-down and step-up configuration, block diagram of SMPS. UPS: Block diagram
and working principle of on-line and off-line UPS.
Unit 2: BJT biasing and amplifiers 12 Hours
Biasing: principle of transistor as switch and amplifier, need for biasing, operating point, DC
load line, stability factor, voltage divider bias for BJT. Amplifier features: direct, RC
coupled and Transformer coupled; AF and RF amplifiers; and voltage and power amplifiers.
Feedback in amplifiers: Types of feedback and their features. Small-signal Amplifier:
Working of common emitter RC coupled amplifier and its frequency response. Large-signal

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 2

amplifier: Concept of AC load line, classification and principle of power amplifiers,
working of Class A–Series-fed amplifier and transformer-coupled amplifier, Class B- Push-
pull amplifier and complementary-symmetry push-pull amplifier, expression for output
power and maximum power efficiency of class-A and class-B power amplifiers. Working of
Class AB and Class C amplifiers. Comparison of power amplifiers. Multistage amplifiers:
Concept and expression for voltage gain.
Unit 3: OP-amp and applications 10 Hours
Basic differential amplifier: Working principle. Op-amp: Block diagram, ideal and
practical characteristics. Op-amp parameters: Input offset voltage, input offset current,
power supply rejection ratio, CMRR, input and output impedance, gain, gain-bandwidth
product, slew-rate. Open-loop configuration: comparator, disadvantages of open-loop mode.
Closed-loop configuration: virtual ground, applications - inverting, non-inverting, voltage
follower, summing & difference amplifiers, differentiator, integrator, Schmitt trigger, and
concept of precision rectifier. Simple problems.
Unit 4: Active filters and instrumentation amplifier 07 Hours
Active filter: Classification, circuits, working, expressions for cut-off frequencies and
frequency response of 1st order Butterworth LPF, HPF, BPF and BEF (No Derivation).
Problems to design and analyse 1st order Butterworth filters. Realization of BPF and BEF
using LPF and HPF. Mention of applications of active filters. Instrumentation amplifier:
Need for instrumentation amplifier, working of instrumentation amplifier circuit. Phase
Locked Loop (PLL): voltage to frequency converter, PLL operation with mention of its
applications.
Unit 5: Wave-shaping circuits 06 Hours
RC Circuits: Differentiator and Integrator circuits and their response to sine and square-
wave signals. Clippers: positive and negative series clippers, positive and negative shunt
clippers, combinational clippers and simple problems. Clampers: positive and negative
clampers. Mention on the applications of clippers and clampers.
Unit 6: Sinusoidal oscillators 05 Hours
Concept of feedback and types, open and closed-loop gains, Barkhausen criteria, LC Tank
circuit and stability. Working of Hartley, Collpits and crystal oscillator using BJT. Working
of RC phase-shift and Wein-bridge oscillators using Op-amp. Mention on applications and
features of these oscillators.
References
1. Electronic Devices and Circuits, S. Salivahanan , N. Sereshkumar , McGraw Hill
Education (India) Private Limited, ISBN - 9781259051357
2. Op-amps and linear integrated circuits, Ramakanth A. Gayakwad, ISBN- 9780132808682
3. Principles of Electronics, Rohit Mehta and V K Mehta, S. Chand and Company
Publishing, ISBN- 9788121924504
4. Electronic Devices and Circuits, David A. Bell, Oxford University Press, ISBN-
9780195693409
5. Fundamentals of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, B. L. Theraja, S. Chand and
Company Publishing. REPRINT 2013, ISBN-8121926602.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 3

 6. e-References/URLS:
http://www.allaboutcircuits.com/ http://www.allaboutcircuits.com/videos

Course Delivery
The course will be delivered through lectures, presentations and support of modern tools.
Student activities are off-class.
Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme

Master Scheme

Assessment
Assessment To mode Max. Evidence
What Course Outcomes
Method Whom /Frequency Marks Collected
/timing
Three tests+ 20 Blue Books 1 to 6
CIE IA Activity
assessment

Students

Activity* 05 1 to 6
Direct

Sheets
End of the Answer Scripts
End 100 1 to 6
SEE course at BTE
exam
Total 125
Student
Middle of Feedback 1 to 3 Delivery of
feedback on Nil
the Course Forms course
assessment

course
Students
Indirect

1 to 6, Effectiveness
End of
End of the Question- of delivery
course Nil
Course naires instructions &
survey
assessment methods
Legends: CIE-Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE- Semester End-exam Evaluation
+
Every CIE/IA test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average of three tests, by rounding off any fractional part
thereof to next higher integer, shall be considered for CIE/IA.
*Students should do activity as per the list of suggested activities/ similar activities with prior approval of the
teacher. Activity process must be initiated well in advance so that it can be completed well before the end of
the term.
Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various CLs as per the weightage
shown in the following table.
Sl. No. Cognitive Levels (CL) Weightage (%)
1 Remembering 25
2 Understanding 35
3 Applying 40
Total 100
Continuous internal evaluation (CIE) pattern
(i) Student Activity (5 marks)
The following student activities or similar activities can be assigned for assessing CIE/IA
Sl. No. Activity
Design and construct simple application such as door bell/calling bell, blinking
1
LED, burglar’s alarm etc. Prepare a report on its design, function, specifications and

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 4

 cost estimation.
Collect the technical specifications and price of at least 10 electronic components
2 such as diode, transistor etc. and at least 5 electronics equipments such as RPS,
UPS, CRO etc.
Execution Note:
1. Each batch (Maximum of 2 students) should perform the above activities independently. Students can
also choose any other two similar activities/related/ innovative activities with prior approval from the
concerned teacher.
2. Teacher is expected to observe, follow-up, and record the progress of students’ activities
3. Assessment is made based on quality of work as prescribed by the following rubrics table.

(ii) Model of rubrics for assessing student activity (For every student)
Scale
Marks
Dimension 1 2 3 4 5
(Example)
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
Collects a
Collects Collects Collects
1. Research Does not great deals
very limited basic more
and collect of
information, information, information, 3
gathering information information,
some relate most refer to most refer
information relate to topic all refer to
to topic the topic to the topic
the topic
Does not
Performs all
2. Full-fills perform any Performs Performs Performs
duties of
team roles duties assigned very little nearly all almost all 2
assigned
and duties to the team duties duties duties
team roles
role
Usually Always Always does
Rarely does
does the does the the assigned
3. Shares Always relies the assigned
assigned assigned work,
work on others to do work, often 5
work, rarely work, rarely without
equality the work needs
needs needs needing
reminding
reminding reminding. reminding
Usually
does most
Is always of the Listens, but Listens and
4. Listen to Listens and
talking, never talking, sometimes talks a little
other team talks a fare 3
allows anyone rarely talk too more than
mates amount
to else to speak allows much, needed.
others to
speak
ceil(13/4)=
Total marks
4

(iii) CIE/IA Tests (20 Marks)

Three tests have to be conducted, during specified schedule, in accordance with the test
pattern given below and their average-marks shall be considered for CIE/IA.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 5

 (iv) Format of CIE/IA test question paper
CIE Question Paper
Institution Name and Code
Course Co-ordinator/Teacher
Program Name Test No. Units
Class/Sem Date CL
Course Name Time COs
Course Code Max. Marks POs
Note to students: Answer all questions
Question No. Question Marks CL CO PO
1
2
3
4
Legends: PO-Program Outcome, CO-Course outcome, CL-Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Apply
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

(v) Model question paper for CIE

CIE Question Paper
Institution Name and
Code
Course Co-
ordinator/Teacher
Program Name Electronics and Communication Test No. 1 Units 1&2
Class/Sem 3rd Sem Date 1/1/2017 CL R/U/A
Course Name Analog Electronic Circuits Time 10-11AM COs 1&2
Course Code 15EC31T Max. Marks 20 POs 1, 2 & 3
Note to students: Answer all questions
No. Question Marks CL CO PO
Define a) Rectification, b) Ripple Factor, c) Ripple
1 05 U/A 1 1,2,3
frequency, d) Efficiency, and e) Peak Inverse Voltage as
applicable to rectifier
Explain the operation of full-wave bridge rectifier circuit
2 with waveforms. OR Define line and load regulation and 05 R/A 1 1,2
illustrate the difference with examples.
Define operating point and explain the DC load line as 05 R 2 1,2
3
applicable to BJT amplifier
Write CE mode RC coupled amplifier circuit and sketch a
typical frequency response curve with labels.
4 OR Illustrate using circuit how crossover distortion can be 05 A 2 1,2
overcome in complementary-symmetry power amplifier

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 6

 Semester end-exam evaluation (SEE)
(i) End-exam question-paper pattern
Unit Unit Name Study Duration No. Questions for end-exam
(Hrs.)
PART – A PART – B
5 Marks 10 Marks
1 Power Supplies 12 02 02
2 BJT Biasing and amplifiers 12 02 02
3 OP-amp and applications 10 02 02
4 Active filters and instrumentation 07 01 02
amplifier
5 Wave-shaping circuits 06 01 01
6 Sinusoidal oscillators 05 01 01
Total 52 09 10
(45 Marks) (100 Marks)
(ii) Model question paper
Course Title : ANALOG ELECTRONICS CIRCUITS
Course Code : 15EC31T Time : 3 Hrs
Semester : Third Max. Marks: 100
Instructions: 1. Answer any SIX question from Part A (5x6=30 Marks)
2. Answer any SEVEN full questions from Part B (7x10=70 Marks)

Part A
1. Explain the working of Half-wave rectifier with a relevant circuit and waveforms.
2. Identify the rated output voltages of the following regulator ICs.
a) IC-7805 b) IC-7918 c) IC-7912 d) IC-7815 e) IC-LM317
3. Define biasing and operating point. Match the transistor applications (amplifier,
switch-open, switch-close) with different regions on output characteristics of
transistor.
4. Explain the working of series-fed class-A amplifier
5. List the ideal and practical characteristics of Op-amp
6. Construct a non-inverting amplifier circuit using Op-amp for a gain of 10
7. Show how to realize BPF using LPF and HPF
8. Construct a shunt clipper circuit to generate a signal having maximum positive
amplitude of 2V and negative amplitude of -10V for a sinusoidal input of +10 to -
10V.
9. Explain the role of tank circuit in Hartley oscillator; write expression for its frequency
of oscillations.
Part B
1. Show mathematically that the efficiency of bridge rectifier is 81.2% and ripple factor is
0.48.
2. a) Define filter. Explain the working of C filter in regulated power supply
b) State the function of UPS. Compare ONLINE and OFFLINE operation of UPS
3. a) In multistage amplifier, illustrate that the overall gain is equal to the product of gains
of individual stages

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 7

 b) Explain the concept of negative feedback and list its disadvantages?
4. (a) Compare the relevance of ac load-line and dc load-line as applicable to amplifiers
(b) Explain the classification of power amplifiers
5. (a) Define any five Op-amp parameters. (b) Construct Schmitt trigger circuit to convert
sine wave to square wave
6. (a) In the circuit shown below, if V1= -1V, V2=V3=2V, Supply voltage is ±15V,
VR1=R2=4KΩ, R3=2KΩ, and feedback resistance Rf =6KΩ, calculate closed-loop gain
and output voltage (6)

(b) Discuss the effect of slew rate on bandwidth in Op-amp applications (4)
7. Construct a first-order Butterworth LPF and HPF circuit for a gain of 10, cut-off
frequency of 160Hz and an input impedance of 10KΩ. Assume relevant data if necessary.
8. Explain the need and working of an instrumentation amplifier
9. Define clamper and clipper. Write the output wave form for the clipper circuit shown
below

10. a) Draw Wein-bridge oscillator circuit for the output frequency of 200Hz.
b) Compare RC phase-shift oscillator with Collpits oscillator.

Institutional activities (No marks)

The following are suggested institutional activities, to be carried out at least one during the
semester. The course teacher/coordinator is expected to maintain the relevant record
(Containing, Activity name, Resource persons and their details, duration, venue, student
feedback, etc) pertaining to Institutional activities.
Sl. No. Activity
1 Organize seminar, workshop or lecture from experts on the modern trends in
analog electronics
2 Organize hands-on practice on design and simulation of analog circuits
3 Motivate students to take case study on different analog electronics-based mini
projects (small applications such as applications specified in student activity) to
inculcate self and continuous learning

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 8

Model Question Bank
Note: The questions in the question bank are indicative but not exhaustive. Sub-questions
on different CLs may be combined to frame 10-marks questions or 10-marks questions
given here can be splitted into 5-marks questions if necessary keeping weightage of CLs
approximately intact and adhering to SEE end-exam pattern.

Unit-1: Power Supplies

Five-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. State the roles of different sub-circuits of DC regulated power supply
2. Discuss the need for rectifier in DC regulated power supply. Sketch the output waveform
of half-wave rectifier for sinusoidal input
3. Define regulator and explain the need for voltage regulators in power supplies
4. Define line and load regulation and discuss the need for quantifying them
5. List any five IC voltage regulators and mention their rated-output voltage levels
6. State the function of filter in DC regulated power supply. Compare PI filter with C filter
7. Differentiate between fixed IC voltage regulators and variable IC voltage
regulators
8. List the features of IC-LM 317.

UNDERSTAND
1. Explain the operation of half-wave rectifier circuit with waveforms and circuit
2. Explain the need for filters in power supplies
3. Describe the working of C filter with circuit diagram and waveforms.
4. Explain the working of PI filter with circuit diagram and waveforms
5. Illustrate the need of Zener diode in voltage regulators
6. List the features of switching regulator.
7. Compare LM317 with IC78xx and IC79xx
8. List the components associated with DC regulated power supply
9. Compare online and offline UPS
10. Differentiate DC regulated power supply with SMPS
11. Discuss the need for SMPS and UPS

APPLICATION
1. For the given input Vi=100 sin (314t), calculate the ripple frequency in half-wave and
full-wave rectifiers.
2. Construct the circuit that has highest efficiency in ac to dc conversion
3. Show mathematically the ripple factor of a bridge rectifier is 0.48
4. Explain when IC-7805 and IC-7912 regulators can be used
5. Construct a circuit that minimizes ripples in the output of a rectifier circuit and briefly
explain how it does
6. Construct a simple circuit that keeps the output dc voltage almost constant irrespective of
variation in the input voltage above certain level.

Ten-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. Define a) Rectification, b) Ripple Factor, c) Ripple frequency, d) Efficiency, and e)
Peak Inverse Voltage
2. List the different functional blocks and their role in SMPS

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 9

3. Define UPS. With a neat block diagram explain the working principle of on-line and
offline UPS
4. (a) State the purpose of rectifier, regulator, filter, SMPS and UPS.
(b) Describe the working of simple voltage regulator employing Zener diode
5. (a) Name the different blocks of DC regulated power supply and state their functions
(b) Define PIV and describe its role in rectifier circuits
6. Describe the functioning of bridge rectifier circuit with wave forms and identify the
differences with centre-tapped transformer full-wave rectifier.

UNDERSTAND
1. Classify the rectifier circuits. Explain the operation of centre-tapped full-wave rectifier
circuit with waveforms.
2. (a) Summarize similarities and differences of centre-tapped full-wave rectifier and bridge
rectifier.
(b) Identify the disadvantages of half-wave rectifier
3. (a) Discuss the need for filters and regulators in DC regulated power supplies
(b) Describe the operation of half-wave rectifier circuit with waveforms
4. (a) Compare the features of IC-LM 317 with IC78XX series.
(b) Explain briefly the working of step-down and step-up configuration of switching
regulator

5. (a) Differentiate SMPS and Regulated power supply

(b) Explain the functioning of offline UPS with block diagram

APPLICATION
1. (a) Construct a circuit that converts square-wave input to DC output shown in the
following figure

(b) Explain why PIV restricts the dynamic range of the output voltage in rectifier output
2. Write the block diagram of DC regulated power supply and sketch the wave forms at the
output of each block.
3. (a) Illustrate how UPS keeps power supply uninterrupted
(b) List applications of SMPS and DC regulated power supply
4. (a) List the disadvantages of half-wave and centre-tap transformer rectifier
(b) Calculate the dc output voltage and ripple factor of a full-wave rectifier given input
Vi=100 sin (2*3.1415*50t)

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 10

 Unit-2: BJT Biasing and amplifiers
Five-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. Define amplification, gain, frequency response, bandwidth and input impedance as
applicable to amplifiers
2. List the features of RC coupled amplifier
3. Locate the region, on output characteristics plot of BJT, for amplification and switching
applications
4. Define biasing of BJT and explain the need for biasing
5. List the differences between Class-A and Class-B power amplifiers

UNDERSTAND
1. Explain the principle of operation of transistor as switch
2. Differentiate between AF and RF amplifiers
3. Differentiate between voltage and power amplifiers
4. Classify the power amplifiers
5. Compare power amplifiers with reference to conduction angle and efficiency
6. Differentiate between small and large-signal amplifiers
7. Explain the principle of operation of transistor as an amplifier
8. Show how individual amplifiers are connected to realise multistage amplifier

APPLICATION
1. Sketch the output of an CE mode RC coupled amplifier having voltage gain of 100 for
the given input vi=0.01 sin(31415t)
2. Four RC coupled amplifiers having gains 3, 6, 2, and 5 are available. Illustrate (block
diagram level) how some of these amplifiers can be connected to realise an amplifier
with a gain of 30.
3. Identify the power amplifier having highest efficiency and substantiate the reason for it.
4. Sketch the frequency response curve of an RC couple amplifier with relevant labels
5. List the pros and cons of negative feedback in amplifiers
6. Modify Class-B push-pull amplifier to overcome cross-over distortion

Ten-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. (a) Define operating point and describe the role of DC load line to locate it
(b) List the features of transformer coupled amplifier
2. (a) Describe the working of Class AB amplifier
(b) List the features of RC coupled amplifier
3. (a) Tabulate the efficiencies and conduction angles of power amplifiers
(b) List the features of direct coupled amplifier
4. (a) Describe the concept of ac load line and its role in amplifier design
(b) List various categories of amplifiers and their applications

UNDERSTAND
1. (a) Explain the need for biasing with a brief explanation on voltage-divider bias for BJT
amplifier
(b) Differentiate between large signal and small signal amplifiers
2. (a) Explain the concept of feedback and list various feedback methods in amplifiers
3. (a) Explain the working of common emitter RC coupled amplifier
(b) Sketch and label frequency response plot of a typical RC coupled amplifier

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 11

4. (a) Explain the working of Class-C amplifier
(b) Relate various power amplifiers with conduction angles and efficiencies
5. (a) Compare the features of Class-B push-pull with Class-AB amplifier
(b) Demonstrate how multistage amplifier can be realised with using individual
amplifiers

APPLICATION
1. (a) Sketch output waveform of an RC coupled amplifier having a gain of 50, given input
signal Vi=0.01 sin(3140t).
(b) Illustrate the use dc load line in amplifier biasing
2. (a) Illustrate how the problems in Class-B push-pull amplifier are solved in
complementary symmetry Class B amplifier.
(b) Apply principle of cascading to realise multistage amplifier and determine the
expression for gain in terms of individual gains
3. (a) Establish a relation between gains of individual stages and overall gain in a
multistage amplifier
(b) List the features of RC coupled amplifier
4. Show that the efficiency of class B amplifier is 78.5% and prepare a table comparing its
efficiency with other power amplifiers
5. Show that the total gain is equal to the product of gains of individual stages in a
multistage amplifier

Unit-3: OP-AMP and applications

Five-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. Describe the block diagram of Op-amp
2. List the ideal characteristics of Op-amp
3. Enumerate applications of Op-amp and state their functions
4. List advantages and disadvantages of open-loop mode of Op-amp
5. List any five Op-amp parameters and define them
6. State the functions of integrator, summer, inverting, voltage follower and Schmitt trigger
applications of Op-amp

UNDERSTAND
1. Describe the working principle of basic differential amplifier circuit
2. Explain the open-loop configuration of Op-amp as comparator
3. Explain the concept and relevance of virtual ground in Op-amp applications
4. Construct Op-amp circuit having closed-loop gain of -10
5. Sketch the Op-amp circuit that can convert square-wave into pulses with relevant
waveforms
6. Discuss the relevance of CMRR and slew-rate on the performance of Op-amp
applications
7. Discuss the effect of saturation on the output related to Op-amp applications with
example

APPLICATION
1. Sketch an Op-amp circuit that translates sine function into cosine function with the
mathematical expression for its output
2. Suggest how voltages can be added and amplified together with the help of Op-amp
3. Sketch the Op-amp voltage follower circuit and mathematically justify its gain is 1
4. Construct an Op-amp circuit that converts square-wave into triangular waveform

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 12

5. Construct Op-amp circuit to add two voltages and amplify the sum by 5 times
6. Show mathematically that the gain of an inverting amplifier shown below is -Rf/Rin

Ten-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. Define the following terms with reference to Op-amp:
a) Input offset voltage, b) Input offset current, c) Power Supply Rejection Ratio
d) CMRR, e) Input impedance, f) Output impedance, g) Gain, h) Gain-bandwidth
product, i) Slew-rate, j) Saturation
2. (a) List the applications of Op-amp
(b) Describe how to use Op-amp to add voltages
3. (a) Define input impedance, output impedance, bandwidth, open-loop gain and closed –
loop gain as applicable to Op-amp application
(b) Name the blocks and their functions of Op-amp
4. (a) Describe how difference amplifier can be realised using Op-amp
(b) Identify the 741 Op-amp pins and their functions

UNDERSTAND
1. Explain the working of Schmitt trigger circuit using Op-amp; also, sketch the hysteresis
plot
2. (a) Differentiate integrator and differentiator Op-amp circuits
(b) List the benefits of using Op-amp as an amplifier as compared to BJT
3. (a) Discuss the concept of precision rectification and its realization using Op-amp
(b) Construct Op-amp integrator and sketch its response for sinusoidal input
4. (a) Demonstrate how Op-amp can be used as voltage comparator
(b) Estimate the gain in the following circuit given Ri=1KΩ, Rf1=Rf2=10KΩ

APPLICATION
1. (a) Identify the following Op-amp circuit and justify your identification

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 13

 (b) Modify the Op-amp non-inverting amplifier into voltage follower with justification
2. Construct and label an inverting amplifier circuit for a voltage gain of 10 and dynamic
output range of -10V to +10V. Sketch its response for the input, Vi=15cos(314t).
3. If Vin = 2V, find the output voltage and voltage gain for the circuit shown below

4. (a) If Vin = 2V, R1 = R2 = 1KΩ, find the output voltage and voltage gain for the below
circuit.

(b) Sketch the output of the Op-amp inverter circuit for Vin= 2sin(2*pi*50*t) assuming
power supply ±12V
5. For a summing amplifier shown below, (a) Find voltage gain if R1=R2=R3=1KΩ and
Rf=5KΩ, (a) Estimate the output voltage if V1=1V, V2=V3=2V, R1=R2=10KΩ, R3=5KΩ
and Rf=15KΩ, assuming power supply ±15V

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 14

 Unit-4: Active filters and instrumentation amplifiers
Five-mark Questions

REMEMBER
1. Define active filter and mention its classification
2. List the applications of active filters
3. Describe how BPF can be realised using LPF and HPF
4. Describe PLL
5. Define passive filter, active filter, cut-off frequency, band width and frequency response
with reference to filters

UNDERSTAND
1. Illustrate how BEF can be realized using LPF and HPF
2. Distinguish between LPF and HPF
3. Compare BEF and BPF
4. Identify a circuit that can block low frequency signals and amplify high frequency
signals and explain how it does.
5. Explain the need for instrumentation amplifier

APPLICATION
1. Construct first order HPF filter with a cut-off frequency of 1KHz and sketch its
frequency response
2. Calculate the cut-off frequency and gain of the following filter circuit given that
R1=10KΩ, R2=2KΩ and C=0.01µF

3. Estimate the gain and cut-off frequencies of the following BPF given that C1= 0.01µF,
C2 = 1 μF, R1=1K and R2 ≈ 100 Ω

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 15

 Ten-mark Questions

REMEMBER
1. (a) Define active filter and list different filters based on frequency of filtering
(b) Describe the function of BEF with block diagram and frequency response plot
2. (a) Describe the operation of PLL
(b) List the applications of PLL and instrument amplifier

UNDERSTAND
1. (a) Explain the working of instrumentation amplifier circuit
(b) Describe the working of BPF
2. (a) Explain the operation of PLL and mention its applications
(b) List the applications of the active filters
3. (a) Explain the working principle and frequency response of 1st order Butterworth LPF

APPLICATION
1. (a) Design a first order Butterworth LPF circuit for a gain of 10, cut-off frequency of
160Hz
(b) Sketch the frequency response plot and circuit of a typical HPF
2. (a) Modify BPF filter to act as BEF at block diagram level and justify it
(b) List the advantages and disadvantages of active filters over passive filters

Unit-5: Wave-shaping circuits

Five-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. List the applications of clippers and clampers
2. Select and write the circuit diagram to generate triggering pulses from square wave
3. Define positive clipper and briefly describe its working with a circuit diagram.
4. Describe how square wave can be converted into triangular wave with the relevant wave
shaping circuit
5. Describe how DC level of AC waveform can be increased with a suitable circuit

UNDERSTAND
1. Explain positive shunt clipper circuit using diode
2. Sketch and label the combinational clipping circuit
2. Write RC integrator circuit and plot its response for sinusoidal input
3. Compare clipper with clamping circuit
4. Distinguish between RC integrator with RC differentiator circuit

APPLICATION

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 16

1. Write the output waveform of clipper circuit shown below for Vin = 10 sin (314t)
assuming ideal diode

2. Determine and sketch the wave shaping circuit shown in the following block diagram

3. Show how half-wave rectifier can be realised using clipper circuit.

Ten-mark Questions

REMEMBER
1. Define Clipper. Explain simple positive and negative clipper circuits
2. Define clamper. Explain simple positive and negative clamper circuits
3. (a) List the applications of clippers and clampers
(b) Describe the working of RC integrator circuit

UNDERSTAND
1. Explain positive and negative shunt clipper circuits using diode
2. (a) Differentiate clamper with clipper circuits
(b) Compare integrator with differentiator circuits
3. Demonstrate (a) Differentiator circuit as triggering pulse generator (b) Integrator as
triangular waveform generator

APPLICATION
1. Illustrate the operation of RC Differentiator and Integrator circuits with their response to
square-wave signal.
2. Construct a clipper circuit to generate a signal having maximum positive amplitude of
2V and negative amplitude of -10V for a sinusoidal input of +10 to -10 V.
3. Write the output waveform of clipper circuit shown below for Vi=10 sin (314t)

4. Write the output waveform for the clipper circuit shown below assuming ideal diodes

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 17

5. Sketch the output waveforms for the circuit shown below for Vi=10 sin (314t) assuming
(a) Si diode (cut-in voltage 0.7V) and (b) Germanium diode (cut-in voltage 0.3V)

Unit-6: Sinusoidal oscillators

Five-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. Define stability, open-loop gain, closed loop-gain, loop phase-shift and feedback as
applicable to oscillators.
2. Draw Hartley oscillator circuit that generates 500KHz sine wave.
3. Compare RC oscillators with LC oscillators

UNDERSTAND
1. Discuss the role of tank circuit in oscillator circuit
2. Relate Barkhausen criteria and sustained oscillations
3. Explain the role of RC network in RC phase-shift oscillator and write the expression for
frequency of oscillation
4. Identify the oscillator to generate audio frequency oscillations and briefly describe it with
circuit.
5. Sketch Wein-bridge oscillator circuit and state the role of bridge

APPLICATION
1. Design LC circuit for Hartley and Collpits oscillators to oscillate at 600KHz
2. Sketch RC phase-shift oscillator circuit to oscillate at 10KHz
3. Explain the relation between sustained oscillations and Barkhausen criteria as applicable
to oscillator circuit.
4. Calculate the frequency of oscillations in Hartley oscillator given that L1=0.03mH,
L2=10µH and C=1µ. Suggest C1 value to generate same frequency using Collpits
oscillator assuming C2=C and L=L2

Ten-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. (a) Draw RC phase-shift oscillator circuit with labelling
(b) Define loop gain and feedback. Explain the Barkhausen criterion
2. (a) Draw the crystal oscillator circuit with labelling (4)
(b) Define sustained, over-damped and under damped oscillations as applicable to
oscillators (6)

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 18

3. (a) List the expressions for oscillating frequencies in Hartley, Collpits, RC phase-shift and
Wein-bridge oscillators (8)
(b) State Barkhausen criterion (2)

UNDERSTAND
1. (a) Explain the concept of positive feedback, open and closed-loop gains (6)
(b) Select Collpits oscillator tank circuit to oscillate at 500 KHz (4)
2. (a) Explain the working of Hartley oscillator using BJT
(b) Compare LC oscillators with RC oscillators
3. Compare the crystal oscillator with RC phase-shift and Hartley oscillator

APPLICATION
1. Explain the working of Collpits oscillator using BJT. Illustrate how it can be converted
to Hartley oscillator
2. (a) Calculate the operating frequency of a Collpits oscillator circuit, if C1 = 0.027 µF, C2 = 0.027
µF, and L1 = 220 mH
(b) Illustrate how Collpits oscillator can be converted into Hartley oscillator
3. (a) Construct RC phase-shift oscillator to oscillate at 12KHz
(b) Compare Wein-bridge and Hartley oscillators

End

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC31T Page 19

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
Course Title : Digital Electronics Course Code : 15EC32T
Semester : Third Credits :4
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Course Group : Core
Type of course : Lecture Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 100 Marks

Prerequisites
Knowledge of basics of number systems and digital electronics.
Course Objectives
1. Understand the working of various digital electronics circuits.
2. Apply principles of number systems and Boolean algebra to solve simple logical problems
3. Learn to design the simple digital circuits.
4. Enable to learn principles digital processors in higher learning
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain the following COs
Teaching
Course Outcome CL Linked PO
Hrs
Apply the basic knowledge of digital
CO1 electronics to construct and design simple R/U/A 1,2,3,4,10 09
combinational digital circuits.

CO2
Construct flip-flop circuits and analyze their
R/U/A 1,2,3,4,10 09
functioning

CO3
Construct counters and shift registers and
R/U/A 1,2,3,4,10 10
understand their operation.

CO4
Understand the functioning of A to D and D
R/U/A 1,2,3,4,10 09
to A converters and their relevance.
Understand the function and applications of
CO5 various types of memories and digital IC R/U/A 1,2,3,4,10 09
families.
Construct, analyze and verify the
CO6 functioning of simple digital circuits/ICs 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,
R/U/A 06
10
using modern tools.
Total 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC32T Page 1

 Course-PO attainment matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Digital
3 3 3 3 1 1 1 -- -- 3
Electronics
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Course content and pattern of marks for SEE

Questions for
Weightage
Unit Teaching SEE Marks
Unit Name (%)
Hours
R U A
1 Combinational logic circuits 09 05 10 10 25 17
2 Basic sequential circuits 09 05 05 15 25 17
3 Registers and counters 10 05 10 15 30 20
4 D to A and A to D converters 09 05 10 10 25 17
5 Memories and programmable devices 09 05 10 10 25 17
6 Digital integrated circuits 06 05 05 05 15 12
Total 52 30 50 65 145 100
Legend: R- Remember, U- Understand, A- Application

Course Contents

Unit 1: Combinational logic circuits 09 Hours

Introduction: Combinational digital circuit. Multiplexers: definition, expression, truth-table,
realization of simple (2:1) multiplexer using gates, and applications. Application of multiplexers
to implement logic gates and simple sum-of-product equations, list of IC multiplexers and their
features. Realization of higher-order multiplexer using lower-order multiplexer ICs.
Demultiplexer: definition, expression, realization of simple (1:2) demultiplexer using gates,
truth-table and applications, and list of IC demultiplexers and their features. Decoders and
encoders: Definition and relevance of decoders and encoders. Logic diagram and truth-table of
Decimal-to-BCD encoder and BCD-to-Decimal decoder. Identification of different decoder and
encoder ICs. Need, logic diagram and truth table of BCD to 7-segment decoder. Concept and
application of simple (maximum 4 bit) priority encoder.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC32T Page 2

Unit 2: Basic sequential circuits 09 Hours
Introduction to sequential circuits: Comparison of combinational and sequential circuits.
Definition of clock and triggering, types of triggering and their symbolic representations in logic
circuits/diagrams. Flip-flops: Operation, gate-level circuit, symbol, truth-table and timing wave-
forms of clocked RS flip-flop and J-K flip-flop. Relevance of asynchronous inputs to flip-flops.
Race-around problem and remedies, MS flip-flop, D and T flip-flop. Identify and list flip-flop ICs.
Timer 555: Internal diagram of IC 555 and its application as astable and monostable
multivibrators. Flip-flop as bistable multivibrator.
Unit 3: Registers and counters 10 Hours
Registers: Classification of registers, realization of simple (3 or 4 bit) SISO, SIPO, PISO and
PIPO using flip-flops, concept of universal shift-register. List shift-register ICs. Ring counter
and Johnson’s counter: 3 bit circuit, truth-table and on applications. Counters: definition,
modulus, classification (definitions of up/down, asynchronous/synchronous, full-mod/partial-
mod) and applications. Working and realization (using flip-flops) of asynchronous and
synchronous 3-bit or 4-bit counters, and their comparison. Realization of higher-mod counters
using lower-mod counters. List counter ICs and study configuring IC 7490 as decade counter.
Unit 4: D to A and A to D Converters 09 Hours
Data/signal conversion: Concept and need. DAC: Definition, symbolic representation, types, and
applications. Circuit, functioning and output expression for 3 or 4-bit DAC using Resistive
divider and binary-ladder network. DAC specifications- resolution, accuracy, settling time, speed,
linearity and monotonicity, and simple problems. Identify IC DACs and list their features. ADC:
Definition, types, applications, specifications-resolution, accuracy, non-linearity, and conversion
time. Working of 3-bit or 4-bit flash type, successive approximation and dual-slope ADCs, and
simple problems. Identify IC ADCs and list their features.
Unit 5: Memories and programmable devices 09Hours
Introduction: Definition and relevance of memories. Classification: Based on fabrication
material, data retention, speed, storage capacity, cost and application. Working principle and
features of magnetic memory, ROM, PROM, EPROM, E2PROM, flash memory, static and
dynamic RAM cells, DDR memory & its variants and disk memories. Memory accessing process
in semiconductor, magnetic and disk memories. Memory word-size and capacity of memories with
examples. Programmable devices: Difference between fixed logic and programmable logic, PLA
and PAL-architecture, and implementation of simple Boolean equations.
Unit 6: Digital integrated circuits 06 Hours
Logic families: Introduction, classification, definitions of fan-in, fan-out, propagation delay,
power dissipation and noise margin. Working and circuit of standard TTL NAND gate and CMOS
inverter, voltage levels in TTL and CMOS. Comparison of characteristics ECL, TTL, I2L and
CMOS logic families. Interfacing of TTL and CMOS devices. Features of HMOS and CHMOS
families. Concept of ESD and remedy.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC32T Page 3

References
1. Digital principles and applications. Donald P Leach, Albert Paul Malvino, Goutam Saha,
McGraw Hill Publisher, 8th edition, ISBN 10: 9339203402 ISBN 13: 9789339203405
2. Digital Systems-principles and applications. Ronald J. Tocci, Neal S.Widmer, Gregory
L.Moss, 10th edition,ISBN : 0131725793
3. Digital Electronics –principles and integrated circuits. Anil K. Maini. Wiley publications,first
edition . ISBN: 978-0-470-03214-5
4. Digital Computer Fundamentals,- Thomas C Bartee ,McGraw-Hill Publisher,6th edition.ISBN
10: 0070038996 / ISBN 13: 9780070038998
5. Digital fundamentals –Floyd and Jain, PEARSON EDUCATION publication, 8th Edition ,
ISBN-13: 978-0132359238 ,ISBN-10: 0132359235
6. www.nptel.ac.in
7. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/3164/Digital-Electronics
8. http://www.freebyte.com/electronics/
9. https://www.circuitlogix.com
10. http://www.vlab.co.in
11. www.electronics-tutorials.ws
12. http://www.allaboutcircuits.com
13. http://ocw.mit.edu/

Course Delivery
The course will be delivered through lectures, presentations and support of modern tools. Student
activities are off-class
Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme

Master Scheme

Assessment
Assessment To mode Max. Evidence
What Course Outcomes
Method Whom /Frequency Marks Collected
/timing
Three tests+ 20 Blue Books 1 to 6
CIE IA Activity
assessment

Students

Activity* 05 1 to 6
Direct

Sheets
End of the Answer Scripts
End 100 1 to 6
SEE course at BTE
exam
Total 125
Student
Middle of Feedback 1 to 3 Delivery of
feedback on Nil
the Course Forms course
assessment

course
Students
Indirect

1 to 6 Effectiveness
End of
End of the Question- of delivery
course Nil
Course naires instructions &
survey
assessment methods
Legends: CIE-Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE- Semester End-exam Evaluation
+
Every I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average of three tests, by rounding off any fractional part
thereof to next higher integer, shall be considered for IA.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC32T Page 4

 *Students should do activity as per the list of suggested activities/ similar activities with prior approval of the
teacher. Activity process must initiated well in advance so that it can be completed well before the end of
the term.

Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various CLs as per the weightage
shown in the following table.
Sl. No. Cognitive Levels (CL) Weightage (%)
1 Remembering 20
2 Understanding 35
3 Applying 45
Total 100

Continuous internal evaluation (CIE) pattern

(i) Student Activity (5 marks)

The following student activities or similar activities can be assigned for assessing CIE/IA
marks
Sl. No. Activity
Collect the information about the different types of display devices used in digital
1
circuits and carry out a seminar
2 Collect the specification sheets, availability and cost of any two ADC and DAC ICs
3 Prepare a block diagram approach to construct a digital clock or a frequency counter
or a digital voltmeter or any other similar digital electronic circuits and analyze the
cost of the application
4 Prepare a note on E-waste and disposal of PCBs and ICs, carry out a seminar
5 Design and simulate the working of any simple logic circuit using a suitable modern
software tool
Execution Notes:
1. Maximum of 2 students in each batch for student activity
2. Above activities may be distributed among different batches; activity No. 5 is mandatory and any one activity
among 1 to4 or any similar activities per batch may be assigned by the teacher based on interest of the
students.
3. Project activities shall be carried out throughout the semester and present the project report at the end of the
semester; concerned teacher is expected to observe and record the progress of students’ activities
4. Submit qualitative hand-written report not exceeding 6 pages; one report per batch
5. Each of the activity can be carried out off-class well in advance; however, demonstration/presentation should
be done during laboratory sessions
6. Assessment shall be based on quality of work as prescribed by the following rubrics table

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC32T Page 5

(ii) Model of rubrics for assessing student activity (for every student)
Scale
Marks
Dimension 1 2 3 4 5
(Example)
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
Collects Collects Collects a
1. Research Does not Collects more
very limited basic great deals of
and collect information,
information, information, information, 3
gathering information most refer to
some relate most refer to all refer to the
information relate to topic the topic
to topic the topic topic
Does not
Performs all
2. Full-fills perform any Performs Performs Performs
duties of
team roles duties assigned very little nearly all almost all 2
assigned team
and duties to the team duties duties duties
roles
role
Usually
Rarely does Always does Always does
does the
3. Shares Always relies the assigned the assigned the assigned
assigned
work on others to do work, often work, rarely work, without 5
work, rarely
equality the work needs needs needing
needs
reminding reminding. reminding
reminding
Usually does
Is always most of the Listens, but Listens and
4. Listen to Listens and
talking, never talking, sometimes talks a little
other team talks a fare 3
allows anyone rarely allows talk too more than
mates amount
to else to speak others to much, needed.
speak
Total marks ceil(13/4)= 4
(iii) CIE/IA Tests (20 Marks)
Three tests have to be conducted, during specified schedule, in accordance with the test
pattern given below and their average-marks shall be considered for CIE/IA.
(iv) Format of CIE/IA test question paper
CIE Question Paper
Institution Name and Code
Course Coordinator/Teacher
Program Name Test No. Units
Class/Sem Date CL
Course Name Time COs
Course Code Max. Marks POs
Note to students: Answer all questions
Question No. Question Marks CL CO PO
1
2
3
4
Legends: PO-Program Outcome, CO-Course outcome, CL-Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Apply
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL)

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC32T Page 6

 (v) Model question paper for CIE
CIE Question Paper
Institution Name and
Code
Course Coordinator/
Teacher
Program Name Electronics and Communication Test No. 1 Units 1&2
Class/Sem 3rd Sem Date --/--/---- CL R/U/A
Course Name Digital Electronics Time 10-11AM COs 1&2
Course Code 15EC32T Max. Marks 20 POs 1& 3
Note to students: Answer all questions
No. Question Marks CL CO PO
1 Define a demultiplexer and construct a 1:4 demultiplexer using 05 R/A 1 1,2
logic gates
Illustrate use of multiplexer to realize y= ̅ ̅ + ̅ + OR 05 A 1 1,2
2
Show how to realize 2-iput NOR gate using a multiplexer IC
Define combinational and sequential circuits and compare 05 R/U 2 1,2
3
them
Identify the problems associated with JK flip-flop and
modify JK flip-flop or suggest remedy to overcome the 05 A/U 2 1,2
4
problem OR Write the JK flip-flop gate-level diagram and
convert it to D flip-flop

Semester End-exam Evaluation (SEE)

(i) End-exam question-paper pattern

Study No. Questions for end-exam

Unit Unit Name Duration PART – A PART – B
(Hrs.) 5 Marks 10 Marks
1 Combinational logic circuits 09 01 02
2 Flip-flops and related circuits 09 01 02
3 Registers and counters 10 02 02
4 D to A and A to D converters 09 01 02
5 Memory devices 09 03 01
6 Digital integrated circuits 06 01 01
Total 52 09 10
(45 Marks) (100 Marks)

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC32T Page 7

(ii) Model question paper

Course Title : DIGITAL ELECTRONICS

Course Code : 15EC32T Time : 3 Hrs
Semester : Third Max. Marks: 100
Instructions: 1. Answer any SIX question from Part A (5x6=30 Marks)
2. Answer any SEVEN full questions from Part B (7x10=70 Marks)

Part A
1. Define combinational and sequential digital circuits with examples.
2. Describe the functioning of RS flip-flop with gate-level circuit and truth table.
3. Define shift register and list different types of data movements in it.
4. Sketch the timing diagram for serial shifting of 101 data in 3-bit shift register.
5. Define resolution, accuracy, settling time, monotonicity, and speed as related to DAC.
6. List the features of magnetic memories.
7. Explain the working principle of Dynamic RAM cell.
8. Compare PLA and PAL.
9. Describe briefly the operation of TTL NAND gate with circuit.
Part B
1. (a) Construct 4:1 multiplexer using 2:1 multiplexers.
(b)Illustrate use of multiplexer in implementation of simple Boolean functions with
example.
2. a) Explain the role of BCD to 7–segment decoder in numbers display.
b) Discuss the role of control signals in demultiplexer circuit.
3. a) Explain the function of D flip-flop and also write truth-table.
b) Calculate the frequency at Q of JK flip-flop if it is triggered by 1 KHz clock signal under
toggle mode, and sketch the input and output signals.
4. Show how to configure 555 timer as monostable multivibrator and astable multivibrator.
5. Construct a mod-7 counter and explain its functioning with the help of truth table and
timing waveforms.
6. Show how to configure 7490 IC as decade counter and write its truth table.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC32T Page 8

 7. Explain a binary ladder network of DAC with expression output. List its advantages.
8. (a) Calculate the resolution of a 4-bit DAC in terms of percentage of full-scale voltage
(b) For a 5-bit resistive divider, determine the following i) the weight assigned to the LSB.
ii) The change in the output voltage due to a change in the LSB. iii) The output voltage for
a digital input of 10110. Assume 0= 0 V and 1= + 10 V.
9. a) Calculate the number of address lines required to access 512 Kilo bytes of memory and
calculate how many bytes of memory can be accessed with 15 address lines assuming byte
addressable memory.
b) Identify the functional pins required for a typical RAM IC.
10. a) Explain the functioning of CMOS inverter.
b) List the voltage levels of TTL family.

Institutional activities (No marks)

The following are suggested institutional activities, to be carried out at least one during the
semester. The course teacher/coordinator is expected to maintain the relevant record (Containing,
Activity name, Resource persons and their details, duration, venue, student feedback, etc)
pertaining to Institutional activities.

Sl. No. Activity

1 Organize Seminar, workshop or Lecture from experts on the modern
trends/developments in digital electronics.
2 Organize hands-on practice on design and simulation of digital circuits.
3 Motivate students to take case study on different digital electronics-based mini
projects to inculcate self and continuous learning.

Model Question Bank

Note: The questions in the question bank are indicative but not exhaustive. Sub-questions on
different CLs may be combined to frame 10-marks questions or 10-marks questions given here
can be splitted into 5-marks questions if necessary keeping weightage of CLs approximately
intact and adhering to SEE end-exam pattern.

Unit-1: Combinational logic circuits

Five-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. Define combinational and sequential digital circuits with examples.
2. List any five combinational circuits and state their functions.
3. List any five sequential circuits and state their functions.
4. Define i) encoder, ii) decoder, iii) multiplexer, iv) demultiplexer, and v) priority encoder
5. Describe the demultiplexing function with the help of any demux circuit/IC
6. Describe the working of 4:1 multiplexer with the help of suitable diagram

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC32T Page 9

7. Describe the multiplexing process with suitable digital multiplexer circuit.
8. Describe the working of simple priority encoder
9. Name the pin functions in any typical demultiplexer IC
10. List the truth-table entries of BCD to 7-sgement decoder
11. List the similarities and dissimilarities between encoders and multiplexers
12. Name the applications of multiplexer, demultiplexer, encoder, decoder and priority encoder
UNDERSTAND
1. Explain the working of any decoder with logic circuit
2. Explain the working of encoder with logic circuit
3. Explain how to implement the Boolean function y=A + ̅ using a multiplexer IC
4. Compare encoder and decoder
5. Differentiate between multiplexer and demultiplexer
6. Demonstrate how BCD are displayed using combinational circuit
7. Differentiate between encoder and priority encoder
APPLICATION
1. Show how a 4-to-1 multiplexer can be realized using 2-to-1 multiplexers.
2. Show how to implement NAND function using a multiplexer IC
3. Construct 1:2 demultiplexer using gates and demonstrate its function
4. Write the truth table of 3 bit priority encoder
5. Calculate the control lines needed for 4:1 mux and 1:8 demux sketch the their logic diagrams

Ten-mark Questions

UNDERSTAND
1. Classify the combinational circuits and state the function and application of each category.
2. (a) Explain the role of BCD to 7 –segment decoder in numbers display
(b) Compare combinational and sequential digital circuits with examples
3. (a) Convert multiplexer to logic gate
(b) Discuss the role of control signals in demultiplexer circuit.

APPLICATION
1. (a) Construct 4:1 multiplexer using 2:1 multiplexers.
(b) Illustrate use of multiplexer in implementation of simple Boolean functions
2. (a) Demonstrate the use of BCD to 7-segment decoder in numbers display
(b) Write simple encoder circuit and its truth-table
3. (a) List any five applications of combinational circuits
(b) List any five pin functions of multiplexer IC
4. (a) Write simple decoder circuit and its truth table
(b) List the similarities between demultiplexer and demultiplexer

Unit-2: Flip-flops and related circuits

Five-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. Define flip-flop and list its applications
2. Describe different types of triggering flip-flops
3. Describe the functioning of RS flip-flop with gate-level circuit and truth table
4. List various flip-flops with logic diagrams.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC32T Page 10

5. Name the pins and their functions in a typical JK flip-flop.
6. Describe the functioning of D flip-flop with truth table
7. Locate the toggle state in the truth table of JK flip-flop and state its meaning and relevance
8. Describe how flip-flop can be used as divide-by-two counter with relevant waveforms
9. List the pin functions of 555 timer and name any two applications
UNDERSTAND
1. Differentiate between combinational and sequential circuits.
2. Explain the truth table of a D flip-flop and sketch the timing waveforms.
3. Distinguish between Preset and Clear inputs and briefly explain their significance
4. Illustrate race-around problem and discuss how it can be eliminated in JK flip-flops
5. Explain different types of triggering of sequential circuits
6. Modify JK flip-flop into D flip-flop
7. Convert JK into T flip-flop
8. List the ICs of RS, JK, JK-MS, D flip-flops and timer
APPLICATION
1. Calculate the frequency at Q of JK flip-flop if it is triggered by 1KHz clock signal under
toggle mode, and sketch the input and output signals.
2. Show how 555 timer can be configured to generate 1KHz clock signal
3. Calculate the pulse width of unstable sate of 555-monostable multivibrator for a 4.7KΩ
resistor and a 1.5 μF capacitor.
4. Show how to configure JK flip-flop as D flip-flop with truth table
5. Demonstrate how flip-flop can be used as memory cell

Ten-mark Questions
UNDERSTAND
1. (a) Explain the working of D-flip-flop with relevant diagram and waveform
(b) Demonstrate conversion of JK flip-flop into T flip-flop
2. (a) Compare sequential circuits with combinational circuits
(b) Compare T flip-flop with D flip-flop
3. (a) Explain the concept of racing condition and suggest methods to overcome this.
(b) Show how two JK flip-flops can be cascaded to act as divided-by-4 counter.
4. Explain the working of clocked RS flip-flop with the help of gate-level diagram, truth-table
and timing and output wave forms.
5. (a) Compare 555 timer as astable multivibrator and monostable multivibrator
6. (b) Demonstrate how flip-flop can be used as single-bit memory cell.
7. Explain the internal diagram of IC555 timer and name its applications

APPLICATION
1. (a) Illustrate how JK flip-flop can be used as 1-bit memory element.
(b) Write gate-level circuit of clocked RS flip-flop and its truth table
2. (a) Calculate the frequency of the output at Q of a JK flip-flop when it is triggered by 100Hz
signal under toggle state and justify your answer
(b) List the features of 555 timer IC
3. Show how to configure 555 timer as monostable multivibrator and astable multivibrator

Unit 3: Registers and counters

Five-mark Questions
REMEMBER

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC32T Page 11

1. Describe construction and working of 3-bit shift register
2. Define shift register and list different types of data movements in it
3. Describe the concept of universal shift register and list its applications
4. Define counter, modulus, register, up counting and down counting
5. List the pin functions of a typical IC counter
6. Name the applications of sequential circuits
7. Describe the functioning of mod -8 asynchronous counter with diagram
UNDERSTAND
1. Show how shift register can be realized using flip-flops
2. Explain shifting data bit-by-bit in a 3-bit shift register with relevant diagram
3. Sketch the timing diagram for serial shifting of 101 data in 3-bit shift register
4. Explain the working of 3-bit ring counter with truth-table and logic circuit
5. Compare Ring counter with Johnson counter
6. Differentiate between counter and shift register
7. Identify the applications of shift registers and counters
8. Relate number of flip-flops and modulus of a counter

APPLICATION
1. Write the truth table of 3-bit counter
2. Illustrate 3 bits can be stored in a 3-bit shift register
3. Construct 3-bit shift register to that can allow parallel movement of data
4. List pin functions of a typical shift register IC
5. Sketch the timing diagram/waveforms of a mod-6 counter
6. Sketch the timing diagram/waveforms of 3-bit ring counter
7. Compute the overall modulus of cascaded counter containing mod 2, mod5 and mod3, and
justify your answer.

Ten-mark Questions

UNDERSTAND
1. (a) Compare Johnson counter and ring counter.
(b) Distinguish between synchronous counter and asynchronous counters.
2. (a) Compare SISO and PIPO operation of shift register with examples
(b) Distinguish between SIPO and PISO operation with examples.
3. Explain the functioning of a 3-bit shift register under SIPO and SISO modes.
4. Describe the operation of mod 8 counter with the help of circuit and truth table

APPLICATION
1. Construct a mod-7 counter and explain its functioning with the help of truth table and timing
waveforms
2. (a) Show how flip-flops can be used to realise counter
(b) List different ways of data movement in shift registers
3. Show how to configure 7490 IC as decade counter and write its truth table
4. (a) Writ the truth table and circuit of mod 5 counter
(b) Sketch the timing waveforms of a mod 5 counter
5. a) List the applications of counters and shift registers
(b) Construct a 3-bit counter that circulates the data.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC32T Page 12

 Unit-4: Digital to Analog and Analog to Digital converters
Five-mark Questions

REMEMBER
1. Define resolution, accuracy, settling time, monotonicity, and speed as related to DAC
2. Describe the functioning of a 4 bit ladder-type DAC
3. List the pin functions of a typical DAC IC
4. Describe briefly the operation of a 4-bit SAR DAC
5. List the specifications of ADC and define them
6. List the features of flash-type ADC

UNDERSTAND
1. Distinguish between DAC and ADC
2. Explain the need for ADC and DACs in computing
3. Identify the pins of a typical ADC IC and state their functions
4. Identify the different parts of SAR ADC and state their functions
5. Classify DAC circuits and compare them
6. Compare the features of SAR ADC with Dual slope ADC

APPLICATION
1. An 8-bit DAC produces an analog output of 12.5 mV for a digital input 00000010. Determine
the analog output for a digital input of 00001011
2. Determine the resolution of a 12-bit A/D convertor having a full-scale analog input voltage of
5V.
3. An 8-bit D/A convertor has a step size of 20mv.Determine the full-scale output and
percentage resolution

Ten-mark Questions

UNDERSTAND
1. Explain a binary ladder network of DAC with suitable diagram and expressions. List its
advantages.
2. Explain the working of a 3-bit flash type ADC. List its advantages.
3. Explain the working of a successive approximation type ADC and compare its features with
flash type ADC.
4. Explain the working of a dual-slope type ADC and summarize its advantages.

APPLICATION
1. Show how dual-slope ADC can be used to convert analog signal into digital form with circuit
and relevant waveforms.
2. (a) Calculate the resolution of a 4 bit DAC in terms of percentage of full-scale voltage
(b) For a 5-bit resistive divider, determine the following i) The weight assigned to the LSB.
ii) The change in the output voltage due to a change in the LSB. iii) The output voltage for a
digital input of 10110. Assume logical 0= 0 V and 1= + 10 V.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC32T Page 13

 Unit 5: Memories and programmable devices
Five-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. Describe the role of memories in computers
2. List the memory types based on fabrication material and data retention
3. List the features of DDR memory
4. List the features of flash memory
5. List the features of magnetic memories
6. List he features of PLA
UNDERSTAND
1. Classify the memories based on speed and fabrication material
2. Distinguish between (i) ROM and RAM memories and (ii) Flash and Magnetic memories
3. Compare the features of static and dynamic RAM
4. Explain the working principle of Dynamic RAM cell
5. Relate the memory capacity and address range with examples
6. Compare PLA and PAL

APPLICATION
1. Calculate the address lines required to access 512 Kilo bytes of memory and calculate how
many bytes of memory can be accessed with 15 address lines assuming byte addressable
memory
2. Identify the functional pins required for RAM IC
3. Show how PAL can be used to implement simple Boolean expressions

Ten-mark Questions

UNDERSTAND
1. (a) Compare volatile and non-volatile memories
(b) Compare PLA and PAL
2. (a) Explain the working principle of static RAM cell
(b) Compare the features of DDR1 and DDR2 memories

APPLICATION
1. Show how the PAL–type array should be programmed in order to implement each of the
following SOP expressions. Use a mark X to indicate an intact fuse. Simplify the expressions,
if necessary. a ) Y= A + ̅ ̅+A b) Y = A + ̅ + A ̅ + ̅B
2. A certain memory is specified as 32k x8.Determine a) the number of bits in each word b) the
number of words being stored c) the number of memory cells d) the number of address input
lines, e) the number of data input lines and f) the number of data output lines.
3. The 2125A is a static RAM IC that has a capacity of 1Kx1, one active-LOW chip select input,
and separate data input and output. Show how to combine several 2125A ICs to form a 1Kx8
module.
4. Two 16 MB RAMS are used to build a RAM capacity of 32 MB. Show the configuration and
also state the address inputs for which the two RAMs will be active. The two RAMs have
common I/O pins, a write enable input that is active-LOW, and a chip select input that is
active –HIGH.
5. (a) List the features and applications of E2PROM.
(b) List types and features of disk memories.
6. (a) Explain accessing process in (i) Magnetic memories and (ii) RAM
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC32T Page 14
 (b) List the features of DDR memory

Unit 6: Digital integrated circuits

Five-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. Define fan-in, fan-out, propagation delay, power dissipation and noise margin as applicable to
logic families
2. Describe briefly the operation of TTL NAND gate with circuit
3. List the features of ECL family
4. List the features of CMOS family
UNDERSTAND
1. Compare CMOS family with TTL family
2. Distinguish between HMOS and CHMOS
3. Explain the functioning of CMOS inverter
4. Classify the Integrated circuits based on the scale of integration.

APPLICATION
1. List the advantages and disadvantages of CMOS
2. List the voltage levels of TTL family

Ten-mark Questions

APPLICATION
1. a) Show how a CMOS buffer can drive a TTL load.
b) List the advantages of CMOS devices.
2 a ) Illustrate interfacing of TTL gate/circuit to CMOS gate/circuit.
b) Explain the interfacing of CMOS devices to TTL devices.

End

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC32T Page 15

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
Course Title : ANALOG COMMUNICATION Course Code : 15EC33T
Semester : Third Credits :4
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Course Group : Core
Type of course : Lecture Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 100 Marks

Prerequisites
Basic knowledge of semiconductor devices and basic principles of electrical and electronics
Course Objectives
1. Apply the basic knowledge of BEEE theory and analyze the network theorems
2. Understand the functioning and application of resonance, filters and attenuator circuits
3. Describe the working of analog modulation and demodulation circuits
4. Understand transmission lines and matching networks
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain the following COs:
Course Outcome CLLinked POs Teaching Hrs
CO1 Analyze and apply the network theorems. R/U/A 1,2,3,10 10
CO2 Design the simple filters and attenuator R/U/A 1,2,3,10 11
circuits.
CO3 Describe the operation of transmission lines R/U/A 1,2,3,10 07
and matching networks
CO4 Describe and distinguish of analog
R/U/A 1,2,3,10 07
modulation techniques.
C05 Differentiate types of antennas and wave R/U/A 1,2,3,10 09
propagation.
Decide the appropriate modulation and
C06 demodulation technique for suitable R/U/A 1,2,3,10 08
transmitter and receiver circuit.
Total 52
Legends: PO-Program Outcome, CO-Course Outcome, CL-Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Apply
Course-PO attainment matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Analog
3 3 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3
Communication
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC33T Page 1

 Course content and pattern of marks for SEE

Questions for
Teaching SEE Weightage
Unit Unit Name Marks
Hours (%)
R U A
1 Network Theorems 10 05 10 15 30 20
Resonance, Filters and
2 11 05 10 15 30 20
attenuators
3 Transmission Lines 07 05 05 10 20 12
Antennas and Wave
4 07 05 05 10 20 12
Propagation
Amplitude Modulation and
5 9 05 10 10 25 15
demodulation
Frequency Modulation and
6 08 05 05 10 20 15
demodulation
Total 52 30 45 70 145 100
Legend: R- Remember, U-Understand A-Application

Course Contents

Unit 1: Network Theorems 10 Hours

Network Theorems: Superposition theorem, Thevenin's theorem, Maximum Power
Transfer theorem and Norton’s theorem, Statements and simple problems.
Unit 2: Resonance, filters and attenuators 11 Hours
Resonance: Definition, types, applications of resonance. Series resonance and Parallel
resonance: circuit diagram, phasor diagram, resonance plot and characteristics. Condition for
resonance. Derivation for frequency of resonance. Expressions for impedance, current,
voltage, Q factor, power factor and bandwidth in terms of Q. Simple problems. Passive
Filters: Definition of Filter, cut-off frequency, pass band and stop band. Classification of
filters. Ideal characteristics curve of passive LPF, HPF, BPF and BRF. Circuit diagram of T
and PI configurations of LPF and HPF (Only expressions, No Derivation), Simple problems.
Block diagrams to realize BPF & BRF using LPF & HPF.
Attenuators: Definition, classification and applications of attenuators. Definition of Bel,
Decibel and Neper. Relationship between Bel, Decibel and Neper. Express attenuation in dB.
Circuit diagram of symmetrical T and Π type attenuators (Only expressions, No Derivation).

Unit 3: Transmission lines 07 Hours

Transmission Lines: Definition of transmission line, different types of transmission lines
(power lines, Parallel wire, coaxial, Wave guide). Mention their applications. Electrical
model of a transmission line, Definition of primary constants: R, L, G and C. Definition
of secondary constants: Characteristic impedance and Propagation Constant, expressions for
secondary constants in terms of primary constants. Concept of reflection and standing waves,
expressions for standing wave ratio, reflection coefficient, standing wave ratio in terms of

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC33T Page 2

reflection coefficient and reflection coefficient in terms of standing wave ratio. Wave patterns
for Voltage & Current on Short circuited line and Open circuited line. Impedance matching
techniques: Single stub matching and double stub matching
Unit 4: Antennas and wave propagation 07 Hours
Antennas: Definition of antenna and dipole. Concept of electric and magnetic fields in a
dipole. Definition of Polarization, Isotropic radiator, Radiation pattern, Directive gain,
Directivity, Power gain, Antenna resistance, Antenna efficiency, Beam width. Array
antenna: Definition and types of array antenna, working of broadside, end-fire array,
mention their applications. Features of yagi-uda antenna. Working of Parabolic reflector
(Dish Antenna) – Feed mechanisms – Cassegrain and Horn feed. Wave Propagation:
Fundamentals of Electromagnetic Waves, electromagnetic spectrum, modes of wave
propagation: ground wave propagation, sky wave propagation and space wave propagation.
Comparison of modes of wave propagation.
Unit 5: Amplitude modulation and demodulation 09 Hours
Modulation: Block diagram of electronic communication system, distinguish between
analog and digital communication, define modulation, need for modulation and types of
analog modulation techniques. Amplitude modulation and demodulation: definition, block
diagram and waveform, expressions of modulating signal, Carrier signal, modulated signal,
modulation index in terms of modulating voltage (Vm) and carrier voltage (Vc), modulation
index in terms of maximum voltage (Vmax) and minimum voltage (Vmin), modulation index
in case of simultaneous modulations, LSB and USB, Bandwidth, Power in AM wave. Solve
simple problems. Amplitude Modulator circuit using diode. Demodulation of AM wave,
working of AM Linear diode detector circuit. Definition with working principal of SSBSC,
DSBSC, VSB and comparison between them.
Unit 6: Frequency modulation and demodulation 08 Hours
Frequency Modulation and demodulation: definition, block diagram and waveform,
expressions of frequency deviation, modulation index. Relationship between frequency
deviation and modulation index. Carson's rule for bandwidth. Varactor diode method of
generating FM. FM detectors: Foster Seeley discriminator and Ratio detector. Need for pre-
emphasis and de-emphasis circuits. Merits and demerits of FM over AM, Definition of Phase
modulation. Definition of Selectivity, Sensitivity, Gain, Fidelity, Image Frequency and its
Rejection, Double Spotting, Noise Figure.
References
1. Electrical Engineering Fundamentals, by Vincent Del Toro, Prentice-hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
ISBN: 0132471310, 9780132471312
2. Communication Engineering, by Vijayachitra, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited;
First edition (1 May 2013), ISBN: 1259006867, 9781259006869
3. Basic Electrical Engineering, by D.P. Kothari and I.J. Nagrath, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 0070435898, 9780070435896
4. Electronic Communication systems by William Schweber, Fourth Edition PHI Publications
ISBN: 0130916218, 9780130916211
5. Electronic Communication by Dennis Roddy and John Coolen PHI Publications
ISBN: 8177585584, 9788177585582

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC33T Page 3

 6. Analog and Digital Communications – T L Singal, McGraw Hill Education
7. ISBN: 1259084523, 9781259084522
8. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117102059/
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xw2_AWWjAn0
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UW_X2sfwA5w
11. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dGu2mxpTRPs
12. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hqhV50852jA
13. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZYgFuUl9_Vs
14. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m9ikRi_-Iqo
15. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eNmh_G_v_-o
16. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wegmG4qHvkk
17. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_5JyiFWLn-w
18. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SmW4z76KgNQ&spfreload=10
19. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=R04yEKqgGPc

Course Delivery
The course will be delivered through lectures, presentations and support of modern tools.
Student activities are off-class.
Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme

Master Scheme

Assessment
Assessment To mode Max. Evidence
What Course Outcomes
Method Whom /Frequency Marks Collected
/timing
Three tests+ 20 Blue Books 1 to 6
CIE IA Activity
assessment

Students

Activity* 05 1 to 6
Direct

Sheets
End of the Answer Scripts
End 100 1 to 6
SEE course at BTE
exam
Total 125
Student
Middle of Feedback 1 to 3 Delivery of
feedback on Nil
the Course Forms course
assessment

course
Students
Indirect

1 to 6, Effectiveness
End of
End of the Question- of delivery
course Nil
Course naires instructions &
survey
assessment methods
Legends: CIE-Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE- Semester End-exam Evaluation
+
Every I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average of three tests, by rounding off any fractional
part thereof to next higher integer, shall be considered for IA.
*Students should do activity as per the list of suggested activities/ similar activities with prior approval
of the teacher. Activity process must initiated well in advance so that it can be completed well before
the end of the term.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC33T Page 4

Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various CLs as per the weightage
shown in the following table.
Sl. No. Cognitive Levels (CL) Weightage (%)
1 Remembering 20
2 Understanding 30
3 Applying 50
Total 100

Continuous internal evaluation (CIE) pattern

(i) Student Activity (5 marks)

The following student activities or similar activities can be assigned for assessing CIE/IA
marks
Sl. No. Activity
Visit any local small-scale industry and prepare work flow of any specific electronic
1
module preparation- from discrete components to module fabrication.
2 Design, construct and demonstrate any resonant circuit
Prepare a document on different antennas and tabulate the specific details of each /
3
datasheets/ application
4 Demonstrate Amplitude modulation and demodulation
5 Demonstrate / presentation / simulation how Radio works
6 Demonstrate / presentation / simulation how LED TV works
Prepare/collect animation video of wave propagation and fundamentals of
7
Electromagnetic Waves and give presentation on it.
8 List different wave propagations and give presentation on it.
Execution Note:
1. Maximum of 2 students in each batch for student activity
2. Any two activities (either from the list given or any similar activities) shall be assigned among different
batches; may be assigned by the teacher based on interest of the students.
3. Project activities shall be carried out throughout the semester and present the project report at the end of the
semester; concerned teacher is expected to observe and record the progress of students’ activities
4. Submit qualitative hand-written report not exceeding 6 pages; one report per batch
5. Each of the activity can be carried out off-class well in advance; however, demonstration/presentation should
be done during laboratory sessions
6. Assessment shall be based on quality of work as prescribed by the following rubrics table

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC33T Page 5

 (ii) Model of rubrics for assessing student activity

Scale
Marks
Dimension 1 2 3 4 5
(Example)
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
Collects a
Collects Collects Collects
1. Research Does not great deals
very limited basic more
and collect of
information, information, information, 3
gathering information information,
some relate most refer to most refer
information relate to topic all refer to
to topic the topic to the topic
the topic
Does not
Performs all
2. Full-fills perform any Performs Performs Performs
duties of
team roles duties assigned very little nearly all almost all 2
assigned
and duties to the team duties duties duties
team roles
role
Usually Always Always does
Rarely does
does the does the the assigned
3. Shares Always relies the assigned
assigned assigned work,
work on others to do work, often 5
work, rarely work, rarely without
equality the work needs
needs needs needing
reminding
reminding reminding. reminding
Usually
does most
Is always of the Listens, but Listens and
4. Listen to Listens and
talking, never talking, sometimes talks a little
other team talks a fare 3
allows anyone rarely talk too more than
mates amount
to else to speak allows much, needed.
others to
speak
ceil(13/4)=
Total marks
4

(iii) CIE/IA Tests (20 Marks)

Three tests have to be conducted, during specified schedule, in accordance with the test
pattern given below and their average-marks shall be considered for CIE/IA.
(iv) Format of CIE/IA test question paper
CIE Question Paper
Institution Name and Code
Course Co-ordinator/Teacher
Program Name Test No. Units
Class/Sem Date CL
Course Name Time COs
Course Code Max. Marks POs
Note to students: Answer all questions
Question No. Question Marks CL CO PO
1
2
3
4
Legends: PO-Program Outcome, CO-Course outcome, CL-Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Apply
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC33T Page 6

 (v) Model question paper for CIE
CIE Question Paper
Institution Name and
Code
Course Co-
ordinator/Teacher
Program Name Electronics and Communication Test No. 1 Units 1&2
Class/Sem 3rd Sem Date 1/1/2017 CL R/U/A
Course Name Analog Communication Time 10-11AM COs 1&2
Course Code 15EC33T Max. Marks 20 POs 1, 2 & 3
Note to students: Answer all questions
No. Question Marks CL CO PO
State and explain Thevenin’s theorem with an example
1 Or 5+5 U/A 1 1,2,3
State and prove Maximum Power transfer theorem with an
example
05 R/A 2 1,2
2 Define resonance, mention types and its applications
Derive expression for frequency of resonance for series 05 A 2 1,2
3
resonance circuit
05 A 2 1,2
4

Semester end-exam evaluation (SEE)

(i) End-exam question-paper pattern
Study No. Questions for end-exam
Unit Unit Name Duration PART – A PART – B Marks
(Hrs.) 5 Marks 10 Marks
1 Network theorems 10 02 02 30
2 Resonance, filters and attenuators 11 02 02 30
3 Transmission lines 07 02 01 20
4 Antenna and wave propagation 07 02 01 20
Amplitude Modulation and
5 09 01 02 25
demodulation
Frequency Modulation and
6 08 00 02 20
demodulation
52 09 10 145
Total
(45 Marks) (100 Marks)

Note:. Sub-questions on different CLs may be combined to frame 10-marks questions or 10-marks
questions given here can be splitted into 5-marks questions if necessary keeping weightage of CLs
approximately intact and adhering to SEE end-exam pattern

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC33T Page 7

(ii) Model question paper
Course Title : ANALOG COMMUNICATION
Course Code : 15EC33T Time : 3 Hrs
Semester : Third Max. Marks: 100
Instructions: 1. Answer any SIX question from Part A (5x6=30 Marks)
2. Answer any SEVEN full questions from Part B (7x10=70 Marks)

Part-A

1. Employ the suitable circuit and describe it with respect to superposition theorem
2. State the relevance of Maximum Power Transfer theorem with suitable circuit
diagram
3. Define resonance, mention types and its application
4. Whether the curve represents the response of the circuit given below. Justify why
current is maximum at resonance.

5. Write a note on single-stub matching and double-stub matching.

6. Point out the working of parabolic reflector (Dish Antenna) – Feed mechanisms –
Cassegrain and Horn feed.
7. Compare the modes of wave propagation.
8. Distinguish analog and digital modulation technique.
9. Write a short note on FM detectors.

Part-B
1. Problem on Thevenin's theorem
2. Illustrate the application of the Norton’s theorem with an example.
3. Derive expression for frequency of resonance, Q factor, power factor and bandwidth
4. (a)Realize BPF & BRF using LPF & HPF
(b)Problem on attenuator
5. Discuss the concepts of reflection and standing waves, expressions for standing wave
ratio
6. With relevant expression/figures define Polarization, Isotropic radiator,
Radiation pattern, Directive gain, Directivity, Power gain, Antenna resistance,
Antenna efficiency, Beam width.
7. (a)Derive modulation index in terms of Vmax and Vmin
(b)Compare SSBSC, DSBSC and VSB
8. Identify the modulation technique described by the following equation. Also sketch
the waveform and block diagram that can generate the waveform.
S(t) = Vm1(t) Cos(wct) + Vm2(t) Cos(wct + 900)

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC33T Page 8

 9. Define the phase modulation of Selectivity, Sensitivity, Gain, Fidelity , Image
Frequency and its Rejection, Double Spotting, Noise Figure
10. (a)Write and explain Varactor diode method for generating FM
(b) Explain need for pre-emphasis and de-emphasis along with circuits.

Institutional activities (No marks)

The following are suggested institutional activities, to be carried out at least one during the
semester. The course teacher/coordinator is expected to maintain the relevant record
(Containing, Activity name, Resource persons and their details, duration, venue, student
feedback, etc) pertaining to Institutional activities.

Sl. No. Activity

1 Organize Seminar, workshop or Lecture from experts on the modern trends in
communication
2 One day visit to nearby industry/ electronic equipment service centre/radio
station/TV station/ Microwave tower
3 Motivation class for the students to take case study on different communication-
based mini projects (small applications) to inculcate self and continuous learning.

End

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC33T Page 9

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
Course Title: Electronic Measurements and
Course Code : 15EC34T
Instrumentation
Semester : Third Credits :4
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Course Group : Core
Type of course : Lecture + Quiz Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 100 Marks

Prerequisites
Basics of electrical and electronics engineering.
Course Objectives
1. Familiarisation of the basic terms, errors and standards in electronic measurements.
2. Discussion of the working principles, uses of different types of instruments in testing
procedures.
3. To understand the working principles of commonly used sensors ,signal conditioners and
display systems used in electronic instrumentation
4. Familiarisation of general principles of equipment maintenance and protection.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain the following COs
Course Outcome CL Linked PO Teaching Hrs
Understand types of measurement, errors,
CO1 statistical analysis and bridge method of R/U/A 1,2,3,10 07
measurement.
CO2
Analyze selection criteria, operation and
R/U/A 1,2,3,10 08
applications of transducers.
Understand the operation of PMMC meter,
CO3 dynamometer, electronic voltmeter and their U/A 1,2,3,10 11
calibration, conversions.
Understand and analyze different types of
CO4 Oscilloscopes, function generator and spectrum U/A 1,2,3,5,10 10
analyzer.
Understand, analyze and working of digital
C05 meters, conversion, applications and U/A 1,2,3,5,10 10
microprocessor based instruments.
C06
Understand and analyze the prevalent
U/A 1,2,3,5,6,7,10 06
troubleshooting procedures and tools.
Total sessions 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC34T Page 1

 Course-PO attainment matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Electronic Instrumentation
3 3 3 -- 3 1 1 -- -- 3
& Measurements
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Course content and pattern of marks for SEE

Questions for
Teaching SEE Weightage
Unit Unit Name Marks
Hours (%)
R U A
1 Basics of measurements 07 05 05 10 20 13
2 Transducers 08 05 05 10 20 16
3 Analog meters 11 10 10 10 30 21
4 Testing instruments 10 10 10 10 30 19
5 Digital meters 10 10 10 10 30 19
6 Instrument maintenance 06 -- 05 10 15 12
Total 52 40 45 60 145 100
Legend: R- Remember, U-Understand A-Application

Course Contents

Unit 1: Basics of measurements 07 Hours

Necessity of measurements-direct and indirect methods, basic terminology, dynamic
characteristics of an instrument, generalized electronic measurement system, Errors–gross,
systematic and random errors, sources of errors. Statistical analysis–problems involving
arithmetic mean, deviation, average deviation, standard deviation. Limiting errors and probable
errors. Standards-primary, secondary, working and IEEE standards. Comparison of AC and DC
bridges. Principle of Wheatstone bridge and mention its applications.
Unit 2: Transducers 08 Hours
Necessity of electrical transducers, selection of a transducer, active, passive, analog and digital
transducers. Strain gauge-principle, gauge factor, features of bonded, unbonded, wire and foil
type strain gauges, load cell. Principle of working & features of capacitive transducer, Hall effect
type, LVDT, thermistor, thermocouple, piezoelectric, proximity sensors, digital optical encoders
& PIR sensors.
Unit 3: Analog meters 11 Hours

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC34T Page 2

Principle of PMMC meters, DC ammeters and voltmeters using PMMC. Shunt and series
resistors, multi range voltmeters/ammeters, loading effect and voltmeter sensitivity, problems on
extending range. Working of electrodynamometer type voltmeter, ammeter and wattmeter.
Electronic voltmeters: Pros and cons, working of FET input, chopper type DC amplifier
voltmeter, solid-state voltmeter using op-amp, AC voltmeter using full-wave rectifier, Peak
responding and true RMS voltmeters. Ohmmeters series and shunt type. Concept of Calibration of
meters.
Unit 4: Testing instruments 10 Hours
Cathode Ray Oscilloscope-block diagram, working of CRT, concept of dual tracing.CRO
probes: direct, high impedance, active and current probes. Applications of CRO-simple problems
on voltage and frequency measurements. DSO: block diagram, advantages and applications.
Sampling oscilloscope: advantages and applications. Function generator: block diagram,
features and applications. Features of standard RF signal generator and sweep frequency
generator. Features of distortion analyzer, wave analyzers, and spectrum analyzers.
Unit 5: Digital meters 10 Hours
Digital instruments - pros and cons, working of ramp and successive approximation type digital
voltmeters. Automatization in digital meters-mechanism of automatic zeroing, polarity indication
and auto ranging. Electronic counters-decade counters as an electronic counter, totalizing,
frequency mode, ratio mode, period mode and time interval mode. Digital meters: digital
frequency meter, time interval measurement, digital LCR meter, digital multimeter,
microprocessor-based instruments, IEEE 488 GPIB instruments.
Unit 6: Instrument maintenance 06 Hours
Concepts and need of electrical grounding and shielding, shielding of cabinets, precautions in
instrument usage, precautions for instrument safety. Interference–nature, causes, effects and
prevention. Generalized trouble shooting.

References
1. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation -2nd Revised Edition , R. K. Rajput, ISBN: 81-
219-2917-2
2. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation-3rd Edition, Sanjay Talbar & Akhilesh
Upadhayaya, ISBN :81-874-3335-3
3. Electronic Instrumentation -3rdEdition, Kalsi H. S., ISBN: 00-707-0206-3
4. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques-2nd Edition, Albert
Helfrick & William Cooper, ISBN:81-203-0752-6

Course Delivery
The course will be delivered through lectures, presentations and support of modern tools. Student
activities are off-class.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC34T Page 3

Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme

Master Scheme

Assessment
Assessment To mode Max. Evidence
What Course Outcomes
Method Whom /Frequency Marks Collected
/timing
Three tests+ 15 Blue Books 1 to 6
Direct assessment

@
Quiz 05 Quiz Sheet 1 to 5
CIE IA Students
Activity
Activity* 05 1 to 6
report
End of the Answer Scripts
End 100 1 to 6
SEE course at BTE
exam
Total 125
Student
Middle of Feedback 1 to 3
Indirect assessment

feedback on Nil
the Course Forms Delivery of course
course
Students

1 to 6
End of Effectiveness of
End of the Question-
course Nil delivery instructions
Course naires
survey & assessment
methods
Legends: CIE-Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE- Semester End-exam Evaluation
+
Every I.A. test shall be conducted for 15 marks. Average of three tests, by rounding off any fractional part
thereof to next higher integer, shall be considered for IA.
*Students should do activity as per the list of suggested activities/ similar activities with prior approval of the
teacher. Activity process must be initiated well in advance so that it can be completed well before the end
of the term.
@
Quiz conduction shall be evidenced with quiz sheets and it can be conducted any time before the end of the
term

Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various CLs as per the weightage
shown in the following table.
Sl. No. Cognitive Levels (CL) Weightage (%)
1 Remembering 30
2 Understanding 30
3 Applying 40
Total 100

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC34T Page 4

 Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) pattern
(i) Student Activity (5 marks)
The following student activities or similar activities can be assigned for assessing CIE (IA)
marks
Sl. No. Activity
(a)Collect the standard specifications of at least ten instruments. OR
(b) Suggest cost-quality effective instruments of at least five different instruments
1
by preparing comparative statements containing function, specification, make,
market-price, and warranty.
(a)Collect service manuals of at least five instruments. OR
2 (b)Prepare a document on calibration types and procedures of at least two
instruments.
Execution Mode:
1. Above two activities or two similar activities can be assigned by the teacher per batch; each batch can have
at most 2 students.
2. Activities shall be carried out batch-wise throughout the semester and submit the report before the end of
the semester.
3. Report shall be qualitative and as concise as possible.
4. Each of the activity can be carried out off-class; however, demonstration/presentation if necessary, shall be
done in the class room.
5. Teacher is expected to observe and record the progress of students’ activities
6. Assessment shall be made based on quality of activity, presentation/demonstration and report in accordance
with the following rubrics table

(ii) Model of rubrics for assessing student activity

Scale
Marks
Dimension 1 2 3 4 5
(Example)
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
Collects Collects Collects a
1. Research Does not Collects more
very limited basic great deals of
and collect information,
information, information, information, 3
gathering information most refer to
some relate most refer to all refer to the
information relate to topic the topic
to topic the topic topic
Does not
Performs all
2. Full-fills perform any Performs Performs Performs
duties of
team roles duties assigned very little nearly all almost all 2
assigned team
and duties to the team duties duties duties
roles
role
Usually
Rarely does Always does Always does
does the
3. Shares Always relies the assigned the assigned the assigned
assigned
work on others to do work, often work, rarely work, without 5
work, rarely
equality the work needs needs needing
needs
reminding reminding. reminding
reminding
Usually
Is always does most of Listens, but Listens and
4. Listen to Listens and
talking, never the talking, sometimes talks a little
other team talks a fare 3
allows anyone rarely talk too more than
mates amount
to else to speak allows much, needed.
others to

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC34T Page 5

 speak

Total marks ceil(13/4)= 4

(iii) CIE/IA Tests (15 Marks)

Three tests have to be conducted, during specified schedule, in accordance with the test
pattern given below and their average-marks shall be considered for CIE/IA.
(iv) Format of CIE/IA test question paper
CIE Question Paper
Institution Name and Code
Course Co-ordinator/Teacher
Program Name Test No. Units
Class/Sem Date CL
Course Name Time COs
Course Code Max. Marks 15 POs
Note to students: Answer all questions
Question No. Question Marks CL CO PO
1
2
3
4
Legends: PO-Program Outcome, CO-Course outcome, CL-Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Apply
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

(v) Model question paper for CIE

CIE Question Paper
Institution Name and
Code
Course Co-
ordinator/Teacher
Program Name Electronics and Communication Test No. 1 Units 1&2
Class/Sem 3rd Sem Date 1/1/2017 CL R/U/A
Electronic measurement
Course Name Time 10-11AM COs 1&2
and instrumentation
Course Code 15EC34T Max. Marks 15 POs 1, 2 & 3
Note to students: Answer all questions
No. Question Marks CL CO PO
A circuit was tuned for resonance by eight different students
1 and the values of resonance frequency in KHz were recorded 05 A 1 1,2,3
as 532,548,543,535,546,531,543 and 536. Calculate the
arithmetic mean, average deviation and variance.
Sketch the schematic of wheat-stone bridge. Identify its 05 U/A 1 1,2
2
limitations
Illustrate how load cell can be used for measuring force
3 05 A/R 2 1,2
OR
Explain the principle of piezoelectric transducers. List its

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC34T Page 6

 applications

(iv) Quiz for CIE (5 marks)

The teacher is expected to conduct the quiz and collect the quiz sheets as evidence. Quiz
may be conducted for higher marks and be scaled down to 5 and fractional part shall be
rounded off to the next higher integer. The questions shall cover all CLs.

Semester end-exam evaluation (SEE)

(i) End-exam question-paper pattern
No. Questions for end-exam
Study Duration
Unit Unit Name PART – A PART – B
(Hrs.)
5 Marks 10 Marks
1 Basics of measurements 07 01 1.5
2 Transducers 08 01 1.5
3 Analog meters 11 02 02
4 Testing instruments 10 02 02
5 Digital meters 10 02 02
6 Instrument maintenance 06 01 01
Total 52 09 10
(45 Marks) (100 Marks)

(ii) Model Question Paper

Course Title : ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION

Course Code : 15EC34T Time : 3 Hrs
Semester : THIRD Max. Marks : 100

Instructions : 1. Answer any SIX question from Part A (5x6=30 Marks)

2. Answer any SEVEN full questions from Part B (7x10=70 Marks)

Part A
1. Following are the set of readings taken by two meters for a true value of 5v.
Meter A: 4.81v, 4.81v, 4.79v, 4.78V
Meter B:4.92V, 5.09V, 4.83V, 5.16V
Decide the meter with better precision. Justify your answer after defining precision
2. Identify a transducer with excellent dynamic response and list its disadvantages and
applications.
3. Compare the features of electromechanical instruments with electronic meters
4. Explain the working of a Ohmmeter whose scale has zero marking on right side.
5. Differentiate between alternate and chop methods of obtaining dual trace in a CRO
6. Justify the use of delay lines inside a CRO
7. List the advantages and disadvantages of digital meters
8. Sketch the block diagram of a digital LCR meter
9. State the significance of having functional block diagram in a service manual. Draw an
example functional block diagram.
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC34T Page 7
 Part B
1. (a) Define Error. Indicate the ways of reducing systematic and random errors.
(b) Explain IEEE standards
2. (a) Compare AC and DC bridges
(b) List the benefits of using electrical transducer
3. (a) A strain gauge has an unstrained length of 10cm and a resistance of 100KΩ.When its
length reduces to 9.9 cm, the resistance decreases to 98 KΩ. Estimate its gauge factor.
(b) Write a note on proximity sensors
4. In a particular application, it is necessary to accurately measure RMS value of sinusoidal, non
sinusoidal and complex waveforms. Identify a suitable type of voltmeter and explain its
operation.
5. (a) A milli Ammeter of 2.5Ω resistance reads upto 100mA. Estimate the resistance required to
transform into a voltmeter of 0-10v. Sketch the relevant circuit.
(b) List the features of electrodynamometer type instruments.
6. (a) Describe the working of DSO
(b) List the applications of sweep frequency generator.
7. Describe with a block diagram how function generator produces different types of wave
forms. List its applications
8. Describe the working of a digital voltmeter which works on the principle of voltage to time
conversion.
9 (a) Illustrate how an electronic counter can be used in ratio mode
(b) List the features of IEEE488 GPIB
10. (a) List the precautions to be taken to achieve personnel safety during servicing
(b) Outline the major benefits of grounding and shielding

Institutional activities (No marks)

The following are suggested institutional activities, to be carried out at least one during the
semester. The course teacher/coordinator is expected to maintain the relevant record (Containing,
Activity name, Resource persons and their details, duration, venue, student feedback, etc)
pertaining to Institutional activities.

Sl. No. Activity

1 Organize Seminar, workshop or Lecture from experts on the modern
trends/developments in instrumentation and measurements.
2 Organize hands-on practice for use of DSO/ECG/Any other modern measuring
instrument.
3 Motivate students to take case study on instrumentation/measurements-based mini
projects (small applications) to inculcate self and continuous learning.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC34T Page 8

Model Question Bank
Note: The questions in the question bank are indicative but not exhaustive. Sub-questions on
different CLs may be combined to frame 10-marks questions or 10-marks questions given here
can be splitted into 5-marks questions if necessary keeping weightage of CLs approximately
intact and adhering to SEE end-exam pattern.

UNIT-1: Basics of measurements

5-mark questions
UNDERSTAND
1. Explain the necessity of measurements.
2. Compare the features of AC and DC bridges.
APPLICATION
3. A circuit was tuned for resonance by eight different students and the values of resonance
frequency in KHz was recorded as 532, 548, 543, 535, 546, 531, 543 and 536. Calculate the
arithmetic mean, average deviation and variance.
4. Sketch the schematic of Wheatstone bridge. Mention its relevance in measurements?
5. Following are the set of readings taken by two meters for a true value of 5v.
Meter A: 4.81V, 4.81V, 4.79V, 4.78V
Meter B: 4.92V, 5.09V, 4.83V, 5.16V
Choose the meter with better precision. Justify your answer after defining precision.

10-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. Define speed of response, dynamic error, accuracy, fidelity and resolution w.r.t measurements
2. Define precision, error log, instrument and sensitivity w.r.t measurements.
UNDERSTAND
1. (a)Define error. Indicate the ways of reducing systematic and random errors.
(b) Explain IEEE standards

UNIT-2: Transducers
5-mark questions
REMEMBER
1. List the factors which decide the selection of a transducer
2. List the features of PIR sensors
UNDERSTAND
1. Discuss the necessity of transducers
2. Compare strain gauges with capacitive transducers
3. Compare the features of wire type and foil type strain gauges
APPLICATION
4. Write a note on PIR sensors
5. Explain the principle of piezoelectric transducers. list its applications

10-mark Questions
UNDERSTAND
1. Explain active, passive, analog and digital transducers. Give an example for each
APPLICATION
2. (a) Illustrate how load cell can be used for measuring force
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC34T Page 9
 (b) List the benefits of using electrical transducer
3. (a) A strain gauge has an unstrained length of 10cm and a resistance of 100KΩ.when its
length reduces to 9.9 cm, the resistance decreases to 98 KΩ. Calculate its gauge factor.
(b) Write a note on proximity sensors

UNIT-3: Analog Meters

5-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. Define calibration and summarize the calibration process of any instrument of your choice.
UNDERSTAND
1. Compare the features of electromechanical instruments with electronic meters
2. Explain the working of Ohmmeter whose scale has zero marking on right side.

10-mark Questions
APPLICATION
1. In a particular application, it is necessary to accurately measure RMS value of sinusoidal, non
sinusoidal and complex waveforms. Choose a suitable type of voltmeter and explain its
operation.
2. (a) A milli ammeter of 2.5Ω resistance reads up to 100mAs. Calculate the resistance required
to transform into a voltmeter of 0-10v. Sketch the relevant circuit
(b) List the features of electrodynamometer type instruments

UNIT-4: Testing instruments

5-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. List the applications of CRO
2. List the applications of DSO
3. List the applications of spectrum analyzer
UNDERSTAND
4. Explain the working of a standard RF signal generator
5. Differentiate between alternate and chop methods of obtaining dual trace in a CRO
APPLICATION
6. Choose a suitable oscilloscope for VHF operations. List its advantages and disadvantages
7. Justify the use of delay lines inside a CRO
8. Choose suitable CRO probe for (i) small signal operations
(ii) Current measurement. List their features
9. Choose suitable CRO probe (i) used for HF and high impedance operations
(ii)which utilizes a FET. List their features

10-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. List the applications of sweep frequency generator, distortion analyses and wave analyzer.
UNDERSTAND
1. Explain the working of CRT with a neat sketch
2. (a) Describe the working of DSO
(b) List the applications of sweep frequency generator.
APPLICATION
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC34T Page 10
3. Explain with a block diagram how function generator produces different types of wave forms.
List its applications
4. Explain the working of a CRO with a block diagram

UNIT-5: Digital Meters

5-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. List the advantages and disadvantages of digital meters
UNDERSTAND
2. Compare analog meters with digital meters
APPLICATION
3. Sketch the block diagram of a digital LCR meter
4. Sketch the block diagram of a digital frequency meter. list its advantages.
5. Show how time gap between two events can be measured digitally.
10-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. (a) Illustrate how an electronic counter can be used in ratio mode
(c) List the features of IEEE488 GPIB
UNDERSTAND
2. Explain the working of a successive approximation type digital voltmeter
3. Explain the working of a digital LCR meter
APPLICATION
4. Explain the working of a digital voltmeter which works on the principle of voltage to time
conversion.
5. (a) Sketch the block diagram of a digital multimeter
(b) Write a brief note on microprocessor based instruments

UNIT-6: Instrument Maintenance

5-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. List the precautions to be taken to achieve personnel safety during servicing
2. List the causes of interference
UNDERSTAND
1. Describe the role of functional block diagram in servicing.
2. Explain how shielding reduces interference.
3. Explain how grounding reduces interference
APPLICATION
1. Write the significance of having functional block diagram in a service manual. Draw an
example functional block diagram

10-mark Questions
REMEMBER
1. List the precautions to be taken to prevent instrument damage during servicing.
UNDERSTAND
1. Explain the procedure of generalized trouble shooting with a flow chart.
APPLICATION

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC34T Page 11

2. List the methods of preventing interference
3. (a) List the precautions to be taken to achieve personnel safety during servicing
(b) Outline the major benefits of grounding and shielding

End

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC34T Page 12

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
Course Title: Analog Electronics and Communication Lab Course Code : 15EC35P
Semester : Third Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 Credits :3
Type of course : Tutorial + Practical Total Contact Hours : 78
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 50 Marks

Prerequisites
Basics of electrical and electronics engineering and semiconductor devices
Course Objectives
1. Use knowledge of BEEE and SCD to learn construction of regulated power supplies.
2. Study the working of BJT and operational amplifiers-based application circuits.
3. Demonstrate construction and verification of working of basic wave shaping circuits, filters and
attenuators
4. Understand working of basic analog communication circuits like AM/FM modulation and
demodulation
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to attain the following Cos
Experiments Linked Teaching
Course Outcome CL linked PO Hrs
Analyze the working of DC Unit-1: Part A: E1
CO1 U/A 1 to 10 9
regulated power supplies
Illustrate biasing of BJT as RC
CO2 coupled CE amplifier and U/A Unit -1: Part A: E2 1 to 10 6
analyze its frequency response
Analyze operations of Op-amp
CO3 R/U/A Unit -1: Part A: E3-6 1 to 10 15
amplifier applications
Illustrate construction and
testing of Diode wave shaping
CO4 U/A Unit -1: Part A: E7-8 1 to 10 6
circuits such as Clipper and
Clamper.
Observe the correctness of
maximum power transfer
R/U/A Unit -1: Part B: E1-2 1 to 10 12
theorem and behavior of
CO5 resonant circuits,
Analyze the circuit diagrams of
filters and attenuators, AM &
R/U/A Unit -1: Part A: E3-7 1 to 10 15
CO6 FM modulation and
demodulation
CIE/IA assessment tests 06
Total 69
Legend: E- Experiment, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Application, CL-Cognitive Level, PO-Program Outcome
Note: Total sessions include two tests

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC35P Page 1

 Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Analog electronics
and 3 3 3 3 3 -- -- 3 1 3
communication lab
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Course Contents

Unit – 1: Tutorial and Graded Exercises 69 Hours

Sl. Duration
Topic / Exercises
No (Hr.)
Part- A
Construct a regulated power supply to generate 12V and note down the
1 9
voltage/waveform at each stage (Use discreet components/ ICs for sub circuits)
Construct voltage divider biased single-stage RC coupled CE amplifier and plot
2 6
frequency response
3 Construct and verify Inverting or non inverting amplifier using Op-amp 3
4 Construct and verify summing or difference amplifier using Op-amp 3
5 Construct and verify differentiator or integrator amplifier using Op-amp 3
6 Construct and verify RC phase-shift oscillator circuit using Op-amp 6
7 Construct and test a positive or negative clipper circuit 3
8 Construct and test positive or negative clamper circuit 3
Part-B
1 Verification of maximum power transfer theorem. 6
Plot the frequency response of series resonant circuit and find its bandwidth and
2 6
Q factor
Construct and test the passive low-pass T-type filter circuit for a give cut-off
3 3
frequency
Construct and test active high-pass filter using Op-amp for a given cut-off
4 3
frequency and gain
5 Construct and test PI type attenuator circuit for the given attenuation & Ro 3
6 Construct and verify amplitude modulation and demodulation using trainer kits 3
7 Construct and verify frequency modulation and demodulation using trainer kits 3
Conduction of CIE/IA tests 6
Total 69

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC35P Page 2

 Unit – 2: Projects/ Activities [CIE- 05 Marks] 9 Hours

Activity
Prepare module from the list below by placing the components in the General PCB / copper-clad
sheet and soldering/wired connection
(1) +12v power supply, (2) -12v power supply, (3) +5v power supply, (4) -5v power supply,
(5) Half-wave and Full-Wave Rectifier, (6) Half-wave and Full-Wave Rectifier with filter
(7) Voltage regulator using Zener diode, (8) Voltage regulator using transistor and op-amp
(9) Single stage voltage divider bias RC coupled amplifier, (10) Two stage voltage divider bias
RC coupled amplifier, (11) Inverting Amplifier, (12) Non-Inverting amplifier, (13) Inverting
Summing Amplifier using op-amp, (14) Non-Inverting Summing Amplifier using op-amp (15)
Difference amplifier using op-amp, (16) Differentiator using op-amp, (17) Integrator using op-
amp, (19) Comparator using op-amp, (20) Zero cross detector using op-amp, (21)
Instrumentation amplifier

Institutional Activity (No marks)

The following are suggested institutional activities. At least one activity or similar activity can be
carried out during the semester. The course teacher/coordinator is expected to maintain the relevant
record (Containing, Activity name, Resource persons and their details, duration, venue, student
feedback, etc) pertaining to Institutional activities.
Sl. No. Activity
1 A seminar of electronics equipment handling and Lab maintenance
2 A visit to electronics industry/ electronics research labs
3 Organize hands-on practice to construct an application specific module

References
1. Electronics laboratory primer, S. Poorna Chandra, B. Sasikala, S. Chand Technical
Publication. ISBN 81-219-2459-6
2. Fundamentals of Electronic Devices and Circuits Laboratory Manual ,David A. Bell Oxford
University Press, ISBN 978-0-19-542988-6
3. Electronic Devices, Thomas L Floyd,ISBN10: 8177586432
Course Delivery
The course will be delivered through tutorials of two hours and four hours of hands on practice per
week. Student activities are off-class and

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC35P Page 3

Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme

Master Scheme

Assessment
Assessment What To mode Max. Evidence Course Outcomes
Method Whom /Frequency Marks Collected
/timing
Two tests+ 10 Blue Books 1 to 6
@
CIE IA Record 10 Record Book 1 to 6
assessment

Students
Direct

*
Activity 05 Report/Sheets 1 to 6
End of the Answer Scripts at
End 50 1 to 6
SEE course BTE
exam
Total 75
Student
Middle of Feedback 1 to 3
feedback on Nil
Indirect assessment

the Course Forms Delivery of course

course
Students

1 to 6
Effectiveness of
End of
End of the Question- delivery
course Nil
Course naires instructions &
survey
assessment
methods
Legends: CIE-Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE- Semester End-exam Evaluation
+
I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However obtained marks shall be reduced to 10
marks. Average marks of two tests shall be rounded off to the next higher digit.
Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Student activities.
*Students should do activity as per the list of suggested activities/ similar activities with prior approval of the
teacher. Activity process must be initiated well in advance so that it can be completed well before the end of
the term.
@
Record Writing: Average of marks allotted for each experiment; fractional part of average shall be rounded-
off to next higher integer.

Composition of CLs
Sl. No. Cognitive Levels (CL) Weightage (%)
1 Remembering 20
2 Understanding 30
3 Applying 50
Total 100

Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) pattern

(i) Student Activity (5 marks)
The student activities in Unit-2 or similar activities can be assigned
Execution Notes:
1. Activities are assigned batch-wise (maximum of 2 students per batch); any one activity/project per batch should
be assigned by the teacher based on interest of the students. Student can also choose any other similar activity
with a prior approval from the concerned teacher.
2. Teacher is expected to observe and record the progress of students’ activities
3. Assessment is made based on quality of work as prescribed by the following rubrics table.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC35P Page 4

(ii) Model of rubrics for assessing student activity (for every student)

Scale
Marks
Dimension 1 2 3 4 5
(Example)
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
Collects Collects Collects a
1. Research Does not Collects more
very limited basic great deals of
and collect information,
information, information, information, 3
gathering information most refer to
some relate most refer to all refer to the
information relate to topic the topic
to topic the topic topic
Does not Performs all
2. Full-fills Performs Performs Performs
perform any duties of
team roles very little nearly all almost all 2
duties assigned assigned team
and duties duties duties duties
to the team role roles
Rarely does Usually does Always does Always does
3. Shares Always relies the assigned the assigned the assigned the assigned
work on others to do work, often work, rarely work, rarely work, without 5
equality the work needs needs needs needing
reminding reminding reminding. reminding
Usually does
Is always most of the Listens, but Listens and
4. Listen to Listens and
talking, never talking, sometimes talks a little
other team talks a fare 3
allows anyone rarely allows talk too more than
mates amount
to else to speak others to much, needed.
speak
Total marks ceil(13/4)= 4

(iii) CIE/IA Tests (10 Marks)

Two tests have to be conducted in accordance SEE pattern and the marks shall be scaled down
to 10. Average of two tests, rounding-off any fractional part to next higher integer, shall be
considered for CIE/IA.
(iv) Record Evaluation (10 Marks)
Every experiment shall be assigned marks, in the scale of 10, after its conduction based on
student’s performance and quality of write-up. Average of them, by rounding-off any fractional
part to next higher integer, shall be considered for CIE/IA.
Semester End-exam Evaluation (SEE) Scheme

Sl. Scheme Max.

No. Marks
1 Writing two specified circuits/diagrams (one each from
part A and part B) with applicable Procedure / Tabular 15
Col./ Ideal graph/ formula calculations
2 Construction and conduction of any one circuit 20
3 Result 05
4 Viva-voce 10
TOTAL 50
Note:
1. Equal weightage for Part A and Part B experiments
2. Candidate is expected to submit the Lab record for the examination
3. Student shall not be allowed to conduct directly if he/she is unable to write at least one
correct circuit diagram

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC35P Page 5

Laboratory Resource Requirements
Hardware Requirement for a batch of not more than 20 students
Sl. Equipment Approx.
No. Quantity
1 Regulated Power supply (1A/2A, 0-30V) 10
2 DC Voltage supply (+/-5v, +/-12V, +/-15V) 10
3 Dual trace oscilloscope (upto 20 to 30MHz) 10
4 Digital multi-meters 10
5 Function/Signal generators 10
6 Amplitude modulation and Demodulation kits 05
7 Frequency modulation and Demodulation kits 05
8 Step down transformer, Capacitors, Resistors, Inductors, BJT, Op- Consumables
amp IC-741, Regulator IC-7812, Diode
9 Single strand wire/Patch cards (different lengths), probes
10 Bread board / Analog trainer kit 10

Model Questions for Practice and Semester End Examination

Note: These questions are indicative but not exhaustive.

1. Construct a part of regulated power supply to generate 12V supply and

measure/record the voltage/waveform at each stage (Using discreet component)
(Suggestion: assign only subcircuits of RPS, executable in 3hrs)
2. Construct of voltage divider biased single stage RC coupled CE amplifier and plot
frequency response.
3. Construct and verify inverting or non inverting amplifier using Op-amp for gain of
10
4. Construct and verify Summing or Difference amplifier using Op-amp square/sine
wave input
5. Construct and verify Differentiator or integrator amplifier using Op-amp for
square/sine wave input.
6. Construct and verify RC phase shift oscillator circuit using Op-amp to oscillate at
200Hz
7. Construct a positive or negative clipper circuit and record its output for a given input
8. Construct and verify the functioning of positive or negative clamper circuit
9. Verify of the correctness of maximum power transfer theorem
10. Plot the frequency response characteristics of series resonant circuits and find their
Bandwidth and Q factor.
11. Construct and test circuit of passive Low pass filter T-type for cut-off freq f 1Hz
12. Construct and test Active High pass filter using op-amp for a cut-off frequency f1 Hz
13. Design and construct PI attenuator circuit for the given attenuation & Ro
14. Generate amplitude modulated signal and recover the modulating signal from it
experimentally
15. Generate frequency modulated signal and recover the modulating signal from it
experimentally

End

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC35P Page 6

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
Course Title: Digital Electronics Lab-2 Course Code : 15EC36P
Credits : 3 Credits Semester : Third
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 Course Group : Core
Type of course : Tutorial + Practical Total Contact Hours : 78
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 50 Marks

Prerequisites
Knowledge of basics of digital electronics and number systems.
Course Objectives
To understand the working of various digital electronics circuits and to design and analyze simple
logic circuits.
Course Outcomes

Linked Linked Teaching

Course Outcome CL
Experiments PO Hrs
Identify the various digital
Unit-1: Part A: E1
CO1 ICs and their specifications R/U/A 1,2,3,4,10 6
and applications.
Apply the basic knowledge of
digital electronics to design
CO2 R/U/A Unit-1: Part A: E2-9 1,2,3,4,10 24
simple combinational
circuits.
Analyze the functions of flip-
CO3 U/A Unit-1:Part B: E1-3 1,2,3,4,10 09
flops various flip-flops
Construct and test simple
CO4 sequential circuits and data R/U/A Unit-1: Part B: E4-12 1,2,3,4,10 27
converters
Employ modern tools for the
analysis, design and Unit-2 03 and
U/A 1,2,3,4,10
simulation of simple digital off-classes
CO5 circuits.
Apply digital electronics
concepts and comprehend the
Unit 2 1,2,3,4,5,8, 03 and
recent developments related U/A
9,10 off-classes
CO6 to digital electronics.-mini
project
Two CIE/IA Tests 06
Total 78
Legend: E- Experiment, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Application, CL-Cognitive Level, and PO-Program
Outcome
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC36P Page 1
 Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Digital Electronics
3 3 3 3 1 -- -- 1 1 3
Lab-2
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Course Contents

Unit – 1: Tutorial and Practice 60 Hours

Sl. Duration
Topic/Exercises
No. (Hr.)
Group A: Combinational Circuits 24
(i) Identify various IC (digital, analog, mixed) packages and families and
1 learn to identify pin numbers in different packages. 6
(ii) Practice handling of ICs with precautions and know IC soldering methods.
2 Verify the functionality of 2:1 or 4:1 multiplexer using suitable gates 3
3 Construct 4:1 multiplexer using 2:1 multiplexer IC and verify the operation. 3
4 Realise basic gates or simple logic expressions using multiplexer IC. 3
5 Verify the operation of 1:2 or 1:4 demultiplexer using suitable IC. 3
6 Verify the operation of BCD to Decimal decoder using suitable IC. 3
Construct and verify the circuit to translate BCD to decimal digits in seven-
7 3
segment display using suitable IC
8 Verify the operation of decimal to BCD encoder using suitable IC. 3
9 Illustrate the storing and retrieving of data in RAM using suitable IC. 3
Group B: Sequential Circuits
1 Construct clocked SR FF using gates and verify its functionality. 3
Verify the TT of JK FF using IC 7476. Observe the role of preset and clear
2 3
inputs.

3 Realize D-FF and T-FF using JK FF and observe the timing diagrams. 3

Move 3-bit or 4-bit data in SISO and PISO modes using FFs and tabulate the
4 3
data movement in each mode.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC36P Page 2

 Move or 4-bit data in SISO, SIPO, PIPO, PISO modes using suitable IC and
5 3
tabulate the data movement in each mode.
Construct 3-bit ripple counter (both up and down separately) using flip-flop IC
6 3
7476 and verify its truth table
7 Configure IC 7490 as mod 10 counter and verify its truth table 3
Verify the operation of a 3-bit or 4-bit ring and Johnson’s counter using suitable
8 3
flip-flop IC
Construct astable multivibrator using timer IC 555 to generate square output
9 3
waveform for a given frequency.
Construct monostable multivibrator using timer IC-555 to generate pulses of
10 3
different ON periods.
Convert digital data to analog signal using suitable DAC IC and observe the
11 3
output for various inputs and find the resolution and accuracy.
Convert analog signal to digital using suitable ADC IC and observe the output
12 3
for various inputs and find the resolution and accuracy.
Two CIE/IA Tests 6
Total 66

Unit – 2: Student Activities [CIE- 05 Marks] 06 Hours

Sl. Duration
Activity
No. (Hr.)
1 Collect the information on the memory system of a computer used in the lab. 3
2 Simulate the working of any simple logic circuit using a suitable modern
3
software tool.

Institutional Activity (No marks)

The following are suggested institutional activities, to be carried out at least one during the
semester. The course teacher/coordinator is expected to maintain the relevant record (Containing,
Activity name, Resource persons and their details, duration, venue, student feedback, etc)
pertaining to Institutional activities
Sl. No. Activity
1 Organize hands-on practice on design and simulation of digital circuits.
2 Motivate student to take case study on different ASICs (Application specific ICs) digital
circuits to inculcate self and continuous learning.

References
1. Digital Principles and Applications, Donald P Leach, Albert Paul Malvino, Goutam Saha,
McGraw-Hill publications.8e
2. Digital Systems Principles and Applications, Ronald J. Tocci, Neal S Widmer, Gregory L.
Moss. Pearson Publication.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC36P Page 3

3. Digital Electronics –principles and Integrated circuits ,Anil K.Maini,wiley India edition.
4. https://www.circuitlogix.com
5. http://www.vlab.co.in/
6. www.electronicforu.com/
7. www.electronicprojects.org/
8. http://www.asic-world.com/
9. http://www.freebyte.com
10. http://www.electronics-tutorials
11. http://www.circuitstoday.com
12. http://www.allaboutcircuits.com

Course Delivery
The course will be delivered through two-hour tutorials and four-hour hands-on practice per week.
Tutorial shall be imparted before the conduction of the experiment. Student activities are off-class
and presentation/report evaluation is during assigned lab sessions.

Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme

Master Scheme

Assessment
Assessment To mode Max. Evidence
What Course Outcomes
Method Whom /Frequency Marks Collected
/timing
Two tests+ 10 Blue Books 1 to 6
CIE IA Record@ 10 Record Book 1 to 6
Activity* 05 Report/Sheets 1 to 6
End of the Answer Scripts at
End 50 1 to 6
SEE course BTE
exam
Total 75
Student
Middle of the 1 to 3
feedback on Nil Feedback Forms
Course Delivery of course
course
1 to 6
End of Effectiveness of
End of the
course Nil Question-naires delivery instructions
Course
survey & assessment
methods
Legends: CIE-Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE- Semester End-exam Evaluation

I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However obtained marks shall be reduced to 10
marks. Average marks of two tests shall be rounded off to the next higher digit.
Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Student activities.

*Students should do activity as per the list of suggested activities/ similar activities with prior approval of the
teacher. Activity process must be initiated well in advance so that it can be completed well before the end
of the term.
@
Record Writing: Average of marks allotted for each experiment; fractional part of average shall be rounded-
off to next higher integer.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC36P Page 4

 Composition of CLs

Sl. No. Cognitive Levels (CL) Weightage (%)

1 Remembering 25
2 Understanding 40
3 Applying 35
Total 100

Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) pattern

(i) Student Activity (5 marks)
The student activities in Unit-2 or similar activities can be assigned

Execution Notes:
1. Activities are assigned batch-wise (maximum of 2 students per batch); any one activity/project per batch
should be assigned by the teacher based on interest of the students. Student can also choose any other similar
activity with a prior approval from the concerned teacher.
2. Teacher is expected to observe and record the progress of students’ activities
3. Assessment is made based on quality of work as prescribed by the following rubrics table.
(ii) Model of rubrics for assessing student activity (for every student)
Scale
Marks
Dimension 1 2 3 4 5
(Example)
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
Collects Collects Collects a
1. Research Does not Collects more
very limited basic great deals of
and collect information,
information, information, information, 3
gathering information most refer to
some relate most refer to all refer to the
information relate to topic the topic
to topic the topic topic
Does not
Performs all
2. Full-fills perform any Performs Performs Performs
duties of
team roles duties assigned very little nearly all almost all 2
assigned team
and duties to the team duties duties duties
roles
role
Usually
Rarely does Always does Always does
does the
3. Shares Always relies the assigned the assigned the assigned
assigned
work on others to do work, often work, rarely work, without 5
work, rarely
equality the work needs needs needing
needs
reminding reminding. reminding
reminding
Usually
does most of
Is always Listens, but Listens and
4. Listen to the talking, Listens and
talking, never sometimes talks a little
other team rarely talks a fare 3
allows anyone talk too more than
mates allows amount
to else to speak much, needed.
others to
speak
Total marks ceil(13/4)= 4
(iii) CIE/IA Tests (10 Marks)
Two tests have to be conducted in accordance SEE pattern and the marks shall be scaled down to 10.
Average of two tests, rounding-off any fractional part to next higher integer, shall be considered for
CIE/IA.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC36P Page 5

(iv) Record Evaluation (10 Marks)
Every experiment shall be assigned marks for a scale of 10 after its conduction based on student’s
performance and quality of write-up. Average of them, by rounding-off any fractional part to next
higher integer, shall be considered for CIE/IA.
Semester End-exam Evaluation (SEE) Scheme
Sl. No. Scheme Max. Marks
Writing two circuit diagrams (one from part A and one from
1 part B) with applicable Procedure / Tabular/ Ideal graph/ 20
formula for calculations
2 Construction and conduction of any one circuit 15
3 Result 05
4 Viva-voce 10
TOTAL 50
Note:
1. Candidate is expected to submit the Lab record for the examination
2. Student shall not be allowed to conduct directly if he/she is unable to write at least one correct
circuit diagram
Laboratory Resource Requirements
Hardware Requirement: For a batch of 20 students

Sl. Equipment Quantity

No.
1 Digital trainers 10
2 Dual trace oscilloscope. 05
3 Digital multimeters 05
4 ICS- 10 each
7400,7402,7404,7408,7432,7486,7442,7445,7446,7474,7476,7427,7489,74
90,7494,7495,74141,74148,74153,74157,74155,74193,74194,DAC0808,A
DC-0800,741,555 timer
5 Patch cards( different lengths) 250
6 Digital IC Tester 02

Model Questions for Practice and Semester End Examination

Note: The questions in the question bank are indicative but not exhaustive.
GROUP A
1. Verify the functionality of 4:1 or 2:1 multiplexer choosing suitable IC.
2. Design and verify the equation y = ̅B+A using suitable multiplexer IC.
3. Modify a 2:1 multiplexer IC to work as a 4:1 multiplexer and show the operation.
4. Demonstrate the operation of a decoder circuit.
5. Design a circuit to display decimal numbers on a common anode/cathode seven segment
display..
6. Verify the functionality of an encoder circuit.
7. Verify the operation of a decimal to BCD encoder.
8. Verify the read and write operation on a RAM using suitable IC.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC36P Page 6

 9. Construct Astable multivibrator using timer IC 555 to generate square output waveform
for a frequency.
10. Construct Astable multivibrator using timer IC 555 with RA = RB=1k ohms and c= 1000
microfarads and compare the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation.
11. Construct Monostable multivibrator using timer IC 555 to generate pulses for a given ON
periods.
12. Use timer IC 555 as a one shot and show the output waveform.

GROUP B

13. Choose suitable logic gates to construct and identify the output of an S-R FF.
14. Verify the operation of a clocked S-R FF.
15. Verify the operation of a J-K FF.
16. Verify the operation of a J-K FF and show the role of preset and clear inputs.
17. Verify the operation of a D FF.
18. Verify the operation of a T FF.
19. Convert JK FF to a D FF and verify the operation.
20. Modify JK FF to a T- FF and show that it divides the clock input frequency by 2.
21. Verify the operation of SISO shift register.
22. Verify the operation of SIPO shift register.
23. Verify the operation of PISO shift register.
24. Verify the operation of PIPO shift register.
25. Verify the operation of 3-bit asynchronous Up-counter.
26. Verify the operation of 3-bit asynchronous down-counter.
27. Verify the operation of mod-10 counter with the help of IC 7490.
28. With the help of IC 7474, construct a 3-bit ring counter and verify the operation.
29. With the help of IC 7474, construct a 3-bit Johnson’s counter and verify the operation.
30. Design and verify the working of mod-5 asynchronous counter using FFs.
31. Design a mod-3 synchronous counter and verify the operation.
32. Use DAC 0808 or any other similar ICs and tabulate the output for different values of
inputs.
33. Use ADC 0800 or any other similar ICs and tabulate the output for different values of
inputs.
End

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC36P Page 7

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
Course Title : C- Programming Lab Course Code : 15EC37P
Semester : Third Credits : 3 Credits
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 Course Group : Core
Type of course : Tutorial + Practical Total Contact Hours : 78
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 50 Marks
.
Prerequisite
Basics of digital electronics and number systems, and logical thinking
Course Objectives
1. Understand the need for high-level languages, particularly C, and programming paradigms.
2. Familiarize with program-development environment and development of simple programs in C
3. Understand the need and role of data-structures such as arrays, strings and pointers, and
functions in C-program development.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to attain the following COs
Experiments Linked Teaching
Course Outcome CL linked PO Hrs
Appreciate the necessity and evolution
Unit-1
CO1 of the computer language and R/U/A 1,2,4,10 5
Chapter 1
selection of programming paradigms.
Perform algorithm development, its Unit 1
representation using flow-charts and Chapter1,
CO2 R/U/A 1,2,3,4,10 31
analysis of solution for simple 2,3,4,5,6 and
problems. practice programs
Employ C-programming language for
Unit 2 1,2,3,4,5,
CO3 simple real-world problem-solving R/U/A 18
Programs 1 to 6 10
using computer.
Develop and analyze simple
Unit 2 1,2,3,4,5,
CO4 programs/functions and their R/U/A 18
Programs 7 to 11 10
integration in larger problem solving.
Two CIE/IA Tests 06
Total 78
Legend: E- Experiment, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Application, CL-Cognitive Level, PO-Program Outcome
Note: Total sessions include two tests

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC37P Page 1

 Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

C- Programming Lab 3 3 3 3 3 -- -- -- -- 3

Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.

Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Course Contents

Unit-1: Tutorials and Practice Exercises 36 Hours

Tutorial
Sl. Duration
Topic/Exercises
No. (Hr.)
1 Introduction
Definition, need, and types of programming languages and their selection
criterion.
∑ Need for programming language
∑ Computer programming languages: Machine language, assembly/low-
level language, middle-level language and high-level languages.
Features and advantages and disadvantages.
∑ Algorithm and methods of writing algorithms: pseudo-code and flow-
charts
∑ Features of pseudo-code or flow-charts
∑ Programming paradigms: Features of procedure oriented programming
(POP) and object oriented programming (OOP) paradigms 10
∑ Program development process (writing, editing, compilation, linking,
execution and debugging and file extensions) and tools
∑ Programming errors: Syntax, semantic, linker, and run-time (logical
and data) errors
∑ C-program format
∑ Introduction to standard input and output statements
∑ Variables and constants: Definition, naming (identifiers or labels for
different entities), initialization and accessing of variables. Constants
and their representation
∑ Data types: classification, memory requirement, range of values, usage
and type specifiers

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC37P Page 2

 ∑ Operators and Operands: Unary, binary and ternary operators.
Arithmetic, logical, relational, combinational-assignment and special
operators. Precedence and associativity. Unary and binary operands
∑ Statements- tokens and expressions
∑ Type casting-automatic and forced
∑ Escape characters
∑ I/O statements in detail
2 Control structure
∑ Branching: Conditional (if, if-else, nested and ladder if-else, switch
constructs) and unconditional (brake, continue and goto statements) 06
∑ Looping: Entry-controlled (for and while) and exit-controlled (do
while) loops
3 Arrays/Matrices, strings and pointers
∑ Definition, declaration, initialization (static and run-time or dynamic)
of arrays, strings and pointers 06
∑ Accessing of strings, arrays (one and two dimensional), and pointers

4 Functions
∑ Concept, pros and cons, classification, creation and application of
functions
∑ Parameter passing: Pass by value and address methods 05
∑ Library and user-defined functions
∑ Recursive and non-recursive functions
∑ Data visibility and longevity
5 User-defined data-type
∑ Definition, declaration, initialization of members and variables of
structures and unions 06
∑ Distinction between structures and unions
∑ Accessing of members of structures and unions
6 Macros
Definition, classification and application of macros in program
03
development

Total Duration (Hr.) 36

Practice Exercises
1. Write algorithm, flow-chart and program for the following problems (Assume
relevant data if necessary and right units. Search and use library functions wherever
possible).
1. Display your country name and beep at the end.
2. Display the following text:
C was developed by “Dennis M Ritchie” in 1972
3. Compute the area and circumference of a circle given the radius
4. Compute simple interest given the interest rate, principal and duration

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC37P Page 3

 5. Compute compound interest given the interest rate, principal, compounding-nature
and duration
6. Swap contents of two variables without using intermediate variables
7. Display expenditure incurred against each item, such as fee receipt
8. Factorial of a single digit number
9. Absolute value of a number
10. Verify if the given number is prime or not
11.Largest of three numbers using if-else and ternary operators
12.Logarithm of a number.
13.sin(θ1+ θ2)+cos(θ1- θ2) given θ1 and θ2 in degrees
14.Average of N numbers read through keyboard (i.e., at run-time)
15.Average of the numbers in an N x M matrix
16.Search a number in an array of N integers
17.Verify Pythagoras theorem.
18.Compute the area and circumference of a circle given the radius using macro for pi.
19.Find smallest of three numbers using macro
20.Use function to swap contents of two variables using (a) by pass-by-value and (b)
pass-by-address methods
2 Analysis of the program
Given the program or block of program code, analyze the same and record the output or
error, as the case may be. Justify your answer. Examples,
1. #include<stdio.h>
main()
{
int k=5, l=24; printf(“%f”, k/l);
}
2. #include<stdio.h>
main()
{
printf(“Saying by Mahatma\tGhandiji: \nWhat can\’’t be tolerated must be endured’’);
}
3. int i;
for (i=1; i<10; i--);

Unit – 2: Graded Exercises 42 Hours

Write the algorithm/flow-chart and code for the following problems

Note: Assume appropriate data and units wherever necessary. Library functions, unless specified,
can be used wherever necessary.

Sl. Duration
No.
Graded Exercises (Hr.)
Given the resistance and standard tolerance, generate the color bands of
1 3
the resistor
2 Given the total marks, generate the result-class of a student 3

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC37P Page 4

 3 Given an alphabet, display whether it is VOWEL or CONSONANT 3
4 Multiply two matrices using array-subscript method 3
5 Add two matrices using pointers 3
Given a string, reverse it using your own code and a library function;
6 3
compare the time consumed in both approaches
Given x in radians, compute sin(x) using series method and the
7 3
corresponding library function; compare both methods for execution time.
Create a structure to represent a book and declare an array of N variables
8 of the type book and sum and display the cost members of all the book 3
variables
9 Simulate the arithmetic calculator 3
10 Sort a list of N numbers using user defined function 3
11 Two open-ended experiments of similar nature and magnitude of the above
are to be assigned by the teacher (Student is expected to solve and
execute/simulate independently. Open-ended programs covered here shall not 6
be included in the exam)
Two Internal Assessment Tests 6
Total 42

Unit – 3: Student Activity for CIE

Sl. No. Activity

1 Prepare/Collect notes pertaining to Unit-1 and solve practice programs specified in
Unit-1
2 Collect or write any 10 programs (open-ended) not specified in Unit-1 or Unit-2
3 Prepare a list of high-level programming languages, collect features of any five such
high-level programming languages and collect/prepare material on C-program
development tools and their usage.

Institutional Activity (No marks)

The following are suggested institutional activities, to be carried out at least one during the
semester. The course teacher/coordinator is expected to maintain the relevant record (Containing,
Activity name, Resource persons and their details, duration, venue, student feedback, etc)
pertaining to Institutional activities

Sl. No. Activity

1 Organize hands-on practice on installation of Compilers and use of IDE for program
development.
2 Organize seminar on free-open source software
3 Conduct quiz on C programming

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC37P Page 5

 References
1. C Programming By Balaguruswamy, TMH Publishers, ISBN-10: 8131716813, 2009.
2. C Programming By Kernighan and Dennis Ritchie
Course Delivery
The idea behind this course delivery is to provide relevant tutorial and hands-on practice
concurrently. The course will be normally delivered through two-hour tutorials and four-hour
hands-on practice per week; hands-on practice shall include practice exercises and graded
exercises. Normally, one-hour tutorial followed by two-hour hands-on practice is recommended in
each class. In Unit-1, tutorials and practice may be carried out concurrently. However, graded
exercise (Unit-II) can also be covered at appropriate point of tutorials of Unit-1. Activities are
carried-out off class.
Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme
Master Scheme
Assessment
Assessment To mode Max. Evidence Course
What
Method Whom /Frequency Marks Collected Outcomes
/timing
Two tests+ 10 Blue Books 1 to 4
@
CIE IA Record 10 Record Book 1 to 4
*
Activity 05 Report/Sheets 1 to 4
End of the Answer Scripts
End 50 1 to 4
SEE course at BTE
exam
Total 75
Student 1 to 4 &
Middle of Feedback
feedback on Nil Delivery of
the Course Forms
course course
1 to 4,
Effectiveness of
End of
End of the delivery
course Nil Questionnaires
Course instructions &
survey
assessment
methods
Legends: CIE-Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE- Semester End-exam Evaluation

1. I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However obtained marks shall be reduced to 10
marks. Average marks of two tests shall be rounded off to the next higher digit.
2. Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Student activities.
*Students should do activity as per the list of suggested activities/ similar activities with prior approval of the teacher.
Activity process must be initiated well in advance so that it can be completed well before the end of the term.
@
Record Writing: Average of marks allotted for each experiment; fractional part of average shall be rounded-off to
next higher integer.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC37P Page 6

 Composition of CLs
Sl. No. Cognitive Levels (CL) Weightage (%)
1 Remembering 20
2 Understanding 30
3 Applying 50
Total 100

Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) pattern

(i) Student Activity (5 marks): The student activities in Unit-3 or similar activities can be assigned
by the teacher
Execution Notes:
1. Each batch of 2 students is assigned at least one activity listed in Unit-3 based on interest of the students.
Student can also choose any other similar /relevant activity with prior approval from the concerned teacher.
2. Teacher is expected to observe and record the progress of students’ activities
3. Assessment is made based on quality of work as prescribed by the following rubrics table

(ii) Model of rubrics for assessing student activity (for every student)
Scale
Marks
Dimension 1 2 3 4 5
(Example)
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
Collects Collects Collects a
1. Research Does not Collects more
very limited basic great deals of
and collect information,
information, information, information, 3
gathering information most refer to
some relate most refer to all refer to the
information relate to topic the topic
to topic the topic topic
Does not
Performs all
2. Full-fills perform any Performs Performs Performs
duties of
team roles duties assigned very little nearly all almost all 2
assigned team
and duties to the team duties duties duties
roles
role
Usually
Rarely does Always does Always does
does the
3. Shares Always relies the assigned the assigned the assigned
assigned
work on others to do work, often work, rarely work, without 5
work, rarely
equality the work needs needs needing
needs
reminding reminding. reminding
reminding
Usually does
Is always most of the Listens, but Listens and
4. Listen to Listens and
talking, never talking, sometimes talks a little
other team talks a fare 3
allows anyone rarely allows talk too more than
mates amount
to else to speak others to much, needed.
speak
Total marks ceil(13/4)= 4
(iii) CIE/IA Tests (10 Marks)
Two tests shall be conducted in accordance with SEE pattern and the marks shall be scaled down to 10.
Average of two tests, rounding-off any fractional part thereof to next higher integer, shall be
considered for CIE/IA.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC37P Page 7

(iv) Record Evaluation (10 Marks)
Every experiment shall be given marks, in the scale of 10, after its conduction based on student’s
performance and quality of write-up. Average of them, by rounding-off any fractional part thereof to
next higher integer, shall be considered for CIE/IA.
Semester End-exam Evaluation (SEE) Scheme

Sl. No. Scheme Max. Marks

1 Short questions on Unit-1 (only write-up) 05
2 Writing steps /Algorithm/Procedure (20% weightage) and
program (80% weightage) for two questions from the graded 20
exercises
3 Execution/Implementation of either one of the programs written
15
given in 2
4 Open-ended problem: Writing program and its
05
execution/implementation.
5 Viva-voce 05
TOTAL 50
Note:
1. Candidate is expected to submit record for the examination.
2. Student shall be allowed to execute the program even if she/he is unable to write the
procedure/steps/algorithm.
3. Open-ended problem is of the nature and magnitude similar to graded exercises in
Unit-2, and it can be assigned by the examiner. Further, open-end programs executed
in 11 of Unit-2 shall be excluded. Idea behind open-end program is to assess the
ability of a student to write any program.

Model Questions for Practice and Semester End Examination

Graded Exercises

1. Write a C program that computes resistance of any resistor given its colour codes Red-
Yellow-Blue and tolerance code Gold.
2. Write a C program to generate result-class of a set of students given their individual total
marks
Sl No Reg. No. Name of the student Marks obtained out of 600 Result
1 ABC 456 ?
2 ABD 232 ?
3 XYZ 345 ?
4 MNO 577 ?
5 PXY 365 ?

3. Write a C program to count number of vowels in any given word

4. Write a C program to multiply two matrices
5. Write a C program to add two 3x4 matrices
6. Write a C program to reverse a given word

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC37P Page 8

 7. Write a C program to compute sin(x) given x in radians using series method; relevant
library functions can be used
8. Write a C program containing a structure to represent book; create five such books and
compute the sum of the costs of all the books
9. Write a C program to simulate an arithmetic calculator that can perform addition, subtraction,
multiplication and division
10. Write a C program to sort an array of N numbers using a user-defined function

End

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC37P Page 9

 3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï PÀ£ÀßqÀ-1 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)

Course: Course Code:15KA3NT

3rd Kannada Kali-1 (2016-17)
Semester No. of Credits:02 No. of teaching hours/week:02
No. of teaching
hours/Semester:26

Mode of Assessment and Maximum Marks: 50 (CIE only)

Evaluation: Minimum Passing marks:20
Continuous Internal (IA Tests + Student activities)
Evaluation (CIE)only.
I.A Tests:30 Marks (3 Tests)
Student activities: 20 Marks

GzÉÝñÀ:

1. PÉüÀĪÀÅzÀÄ, UÀ滸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ, ¤gÀUÀð¼ÀªÁV ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀàµÀÖªÁV NzÀĪÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ (C©üªÀåQÛ¸ÀĪÀ)

¸ÁªÀÄxÀåðªÀ£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
2. eÁÕ£Ádð£É, ¸Á»vÁå©ügÀÄa, aAvÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ D£ÀAzÀPÁÌV ¸ÀévÀAvÀæªÁV NzÀ®Ä, §gÉAiÀÄ®Ä ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀ®Ä
¸ÀªÀÄxÀðgÁUÀĪÀAvÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
3. ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÛ£ÀÄß ºÉaѹPÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÀàµÀÖ GZÁÑgÀuÉAiÉÆqÀ£É °TvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiËTPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀiÁr¹,
¸ÀévÀAvÀæªÁV ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ §¼ÀPÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
4. £ÁqÀÄ-£ÀÄr, ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀåUÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ DwäAiÀÄ ¨sÁªÁ©üªÀiÁ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
5. QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ½AzÀ ¨sÁµÁ P˱À®åzÀ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ./PÀ°¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
(QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉ JAzÀgÉ, ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯É ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, ªÁåPÀgÀtzÀ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, UÀÄtÂvÁPÀëgÀ,
¸ÀAAiÀÄÄPÁÛPÀëgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, £ÁªÀÄ¥ÀzÀ, °AUÀ, ªÀZÀ£À, ¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É (PÀvÀÈ, PÀªÀÄð, QæAiÀiÁ¥ÀzÀ) EvÁå¢)

¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å

(PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ -²æà °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉêÀÄ£É – PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À)
¨sÁUÀ-1
¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À ¸ÉªÉĸÀÖgï ¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£À DªÀ¢ü
PÀæªÀiÁAPÀ ¥ÀoÀåªÀ¸ÀÄÛ«£À «ªÀgÀ - Curriculum Content Total no.of
Lesson Classes /Sem
No
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ/ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯É/’PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°’AiÀÄĪÀ «zsÁ£À PÀÄjvÀ ªÀiÁ»w 02
1 Introducing each other Personal Pronouns, 03
Possessive forms and Interrogative words
1. £ÁªÀÅ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨sÁµÉ 2. CPÀëgÀUÀ½AzÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
2 Introducing each other Personal Pronouns, 02
Possessive forms – Yes/No Type Interrogative
3 About Ramayana. Possessive forms of nouns, 02
dubitive question, Relative nouns.
¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ
4 Enquiring about college. Qualitative and 02
quantitative adjectives.
5 Enquiring about room. Predicative forms, 02

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 1

 locative case.
6 Vegetable Market. Dative case, basic numerals. 02
7 About Medical college. Ordinal numerals, plural 02
markers.
8 In a cloth shop. Color adjectives, defective 02
verbs
9 Plan to go for picnic - imperative, permissive 02
and hortative
10 Enquiring about one’s family, Verb iru, and 02
corresponding negation
PÀ£ÀßqÀ avÀæ¥ÀlUÀ¼À°è£À CPÀëgÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀÄgÀÄw¹ N¢
¢£À¥ÀwæPÉ NzÀĪÀ ºÀªÁå¸À--¸ÀAªÀºÀ£À ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄzÀ §UÉÎ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ
DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ 03
MlÄÖ UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 26
¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ:
 F ¥ÀoÀåzÀ ªÀÄÆ® GzÉÝñÀ PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀ «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀgÀ¼À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ°è ªÀåªÀºÀj¸ÀĪÀAvÉ
ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÁVzÉ. “PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°” ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀzÀ ªÉÄð£À ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À eÉÆvÉUÉ “QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉ”¬ÄAzÀ
UÀ½¸ÀĪÀ CPÀëgÀ eÁÕ£À¢AzÀ ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÄÛ ºÉaѹ, ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ¸ÀéAvÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£É ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. (CªÀÄä,
ªÉƨÉʯï, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ, PÀ«UÀ¼ÀÄ, £ÁlPÀ, d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀ¯É, £Ár£À ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀºÉÆÃzÀgÀ, ¸ÉßûvÀ,
vÀgÀPÁj, zÉÆøÉ, wAr, ¤zÉÝ, ©¹, ZÀ½, DPÁ±À, NzÀÄ, EvÁå¢ ¤vÀå §¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ
ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 25-50 ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À QgÀÄ ¯ÉÃR£À gÀZÀ£É).
 vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼À ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀzÀ°è (PÁè¸ï C¸ÉÊ£ïªÉÄAmï) PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯ÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀégÀ, ªÀåAd£ÀUÀ¼À CPÀëgÀUÀ¼À
§gÀªÀtÂUÉ C¨sÁå¸À, ªÀåAd£ÀUÀ½UÉ ¸ÀégÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¸ÉÃj¸ÀÄ«PÉ, CPÀëgÀUÀ½AzÀ ¥ÀzÀgÀZÀ£É, ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ ¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
¸ÉÃj¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ(UÉ, ¬ÄAzÀ, C£ÀÄß, C°è, UÀ¼ÀÄ, JAzÀÄ.....EvÁå¢ ¥ÀoÀåzÀ°è §gÀĪÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ ¤vÀå §¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ
¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¸ÉÃj¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ) ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ªÁPÀå gÀZÀ£É. ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÁoÀ 1-10gÀ ¥ÀoÁåAvÀåzÀ°è §gÀĪÀ
C¨sÁå¸ÀUÀ¼À°è Dj¹zÀ C¨sÁå¸À ¨sÁUÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §gɸÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÁoÀ-20 gÀ ¹Ìç¥ïÖ- C£ÀÄß DzsÁgÀªÁVlÄÖPÉÆAqÀÄ
C¨sÁå¸À ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
DPÀgÀ UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:
1. PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-²æà °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉêÀÄ£É – PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.
2. ¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
3. ¸ÀgÀ¼À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁåPÀgÀt ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ- JA.« £ÁUÀgÁdgÁªï/EvÀgÉ ¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÄ.
4. ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ¥Àætw-¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ ¦AiÀÄĹ ¥ÀÆgÀPÀ ¥ÀoÀå.
5. ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀvÀæªÀåªÀºÁgÀzÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

¥ÀjÃPÉë ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À «zsÁ£À (3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï)

¤gÀAvÀgÀ CAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À- Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) only.
PÀæ.¸ÀA. ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ «ªÀgÀ UÀjµÁ×APÀ GwÛÃtðvÉUÉ
PÀ¤µÁ×APÀ
01 DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ªÀÄÆgÀÄ DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ 30
(I A Tests) (¸ÀgÁ¸Àj CAPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀt¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ)
02 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ P˱À¯Áå©üªÀÈ¢Ý ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 20
ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ (¸ÀgÁ¸Àj CAPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀt¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ)
(Student Activities)
MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 50 20

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 2

 Course outcome:
1. Developing listening and speaking skills.
2. Easy Interaction with peers.
3. Students can use the language at ease in daily life situations

DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼À ªÀiÁzÀj ¥Àæ±ÉߥÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ:

¤gÀAvÀgÀ DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ½UÉ F PɼÀV£À ªÀiÁzÀjAiÀÄ°è ¥Àæ±ÉߥÀwæPÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß

¹zÀÞ¥Àr¹ £ÀqɸÀĪÀÅzÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ “PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°” ¥ÀoÀåzÀ PÀ°PÉ «ªÀgÀuÉ (¨sÁµÁ¨sÁå¸À) ¸ÀA¨sÁµÀuÁ ¨sÁUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CAvÀåzÀ°è C¨sÁå¸À ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀzÀ°è §gÀĪÀ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ¼À «zsÁ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀAiÀiÁðAiÀĪÁV §¼À¹PÉÆAqÀÄ
¥Àæ±ÉߥÀwæPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß vÀAiÀiÁj¹PÉƼÀÀÄzÀÄ.

r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ 3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï-PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-1 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)

DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉë

¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 60 ¤«ÄµÀUÀ¼ÀÄ CAPÀ: 30

---------------------------------------------------------------------
I. Fill in the blanks using the appropriate words.(Any FOUR) 1X4=04
i) nimma raajya.......................?
ii) adu..............pustaka?
iii) avana ............. hesaru suratkal injiniyaring kaaleju.
iv) ondu ruupaayige..............paise.
v) aval.ige hindustaani sanita tumba..................
vi) nanage ninna sahavaasa khanDitaa.................
vii) avanu nimma ................. ....?
II. Use the following words (any FOUR) in your own sentences. 1X4=04
1.adhyaapaki 2.snehita 3. Vyaapaara 4.keTTa 5. Hasiru 6.angadi 7.taaja

III. Answer the following questions (any FOUR) 1X4=04

(a) nimma uuru yaavudu?
(b) nivu diploma vidyaarthinaa?
(c) nimma pennige estu ruupaaye?
(d) nimma maatrubhaashe yaavudu?
(e) nimage tingalige eshtu ruupaayi beeku?
(f) nimma mane/ruumu elli ide?

IV. Translate the following sentence in Kannada. (any FOUR) 4X2=08

1. Kannada is the language of Karnataka.
2. My book is in my house.
3. We have two houses in Bangalore.
4. How much is this Pumpkin weighs?
5. I want two packets of biscuits.
6. How much do you pay rent for your room?
7. What else do you want?

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 3

 V. PɼÀV£ÀªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉÆA¢¹ §gɬÄj. (Match the following) 1X4=04
1. ¤ÃªÀÅ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è 1.EzÉ
2. ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ ªÉÄÃf£À ªÉÄÃ¯É 2.eldest son
3. Jaaga-eÁUÀ 3.EwÃðj
4. Hiri maga 4.space

VI. (1) Change into interragative using the underlined word. (Any Three) 1X3=03

1. Ivattu guruvaara.
2. evattu hattanee taariku
3. Aval hesaru liila.
4. Avara maatrabhaashe telagu alla.
5. Vavige ippttaydu ruupaayei beeku.
6. Adu maalatiya mane.

(2) change into Interrogate. (Any THREE) 1X3=03

1.ºËzÀÄ, EzÀÄ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ.
2. DUÀ°, ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃt.
3. FUÀ MAzÀƪÀgÉ UÀAmÉ.
4. CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §gÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
5. £Á« ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃt.
6. CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ°.

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ gÀZÀ£Á ¸À«Äw

 ¸ÀA¥ÁzÀQÃAiÀÄ ¸À«Äw:

1. ²æà n J¯ï gÀ«ÃAzÀæ, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÀPÁðj f.Dgï.L.¹.¦ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

2. ²æà n. wªÀÄä¥Àà, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ(DAiÉÄÌ ±ÉæÃtÂ), AiÀiÁAwæPÀ «¨sÁUÀ, ¸ÀPÁðj ¥Á°mÉQßPï, vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ.

 ¸À®ºÁ ¸À«ÄwAiÀÄ ¨ÁºÀå ¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä® ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ.

1. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) r. ¥ÁAqÀÄgÀAUÀ ¨Á§Ä, PÀÄ®¸ÀaªÀgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.

2. ¥ÉÆ.æ (qÁ.) C±ÉÆÃPï PÀĪÀiÁgï gÀAdgÉ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.
3. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) PÉ ªÉÊ £ÁgÁAiÀÄt ¸Áé«Ä, ¸ÀºÀ ¥ÁæzsÁ å¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ «¨sÁUÀ ,
¸ÀPÁðj PÀ¯Á PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.
4. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) eÉ ¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ ºÁUÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå¸ÀÜgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, (fPÉ«PÉ) ºÉ¨Áâ¼À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 4

 KARNATAKA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION, BENGALURU.
TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR KANNADA COURSE IN DIPLOMA PROGRAME
SEMESTER: III COMMON TO ALL DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES C-15 Curriculum
SL.N0 COURSE Teaching scheme Examination scheme
/QP CODE Contact hours

Department
COURSE NAME TH TU PR TOTAL Credit Exam End exam Maximum Minimum

Teaching
paper Max Min CIE Marks Marks for
duration marks marks passing.
in Hrs (IA+SA ) (IA + SA)
THEORY
1 KANNADA KALI-1 KA 15KA3NT 2 - - 2 2 - - - 50 20

2 TANTRIKA KA 15KA3KT 2 - - 2 2 - - - 50 20
KANNADA -1
CIE- Continuous Internal Examination: SEE-Semester End Examination: IA-Internal Assessment Tests: SA- Student Activity.
Note: 1. Candidates studied Kannada as one subject in 10th standard shall take Tantrika Kannada 1 &2. Others may take “Kannada Kali-1&2”.
2. In 3rd Semester- Assessment is only by CIE and no SEE. Average marks of three I A tests shall be rounded off to the next higher digit. Rubrics to
be devised appropriately to assess student activity.

KARNATAKA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION, BENGALURU.

TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR KANNADA COURSE IN DIPLOMA PROGRAME
SEMESTER: IV COMMON TO ALL DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES C-15 Curriculum
SL.N0 COURSE Teaching scheme Examination scheme
/QP CODE Contact hours
Department

COURSE NAME TH TU PR TOTAL Credit Exam Sem End Exam Maximum Minimum
Teaching

paper Max Min CIE Marks Marks for

duration Exam Passing passing.
in Hrs Marks Marks (IA+SA ) (IA + SA)
THEORY
1 KANNADA KALI-2 KA 15KA4NT 2 - - 2 2 2 50 20 - -

2 TANTRIKA KA 15KA4KT 2 - - 2 2 2 50 20 - -
KANNADA -2
CIE- Continuous Internal Examination: SEE-Semester End Examination: IA-Internal Assessment Tests: SA- Student Activity.
Note: In 4th Semester- Assessment is only by SEE and no CIE. To award diploma certificate, passing in Kannada course is mandatory. However
Kannada course is not included in the eligibility criteria for promotion to the higher semester.

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ r¥ÉÆèªÀiÁ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ Page 1

 r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ-vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-1 ( PÀ£ÀßqÀ §®èªÀjUÁV)
3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ -1 ( ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ)
¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ
Course: Course Code:15KA3KT
vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ -1 (2016-17)
3rd No. of Credits:02 No. of teaching hours/week:02
Semester No. of teaching
hours/Semester:26

Mode of Assessment and Maximum Marks: 50 (CIE only)

Evaluation: Minimum Passing marks:20
Continuous Internal (IA Tests + Student activities)
Evaluation (CIE)only.
I.A Tests:30 Marks
(3 Tests)
Student activities:
20 Marks

¥ÀoÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀ ¥ÁoÀ ¥ÀoÀåzÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ/¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÄ/¥ÀæPÀluÉ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï

¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÁªÀ¢ü
UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
EwºÁ¸À 1 ‘¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw’- zÉÃ.eÉ.UË (£Álå ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw-zÉÃ.eÉ.UË) 02
¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw 2 £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¨ÉÃPÁVgÀĪÀ EAVèµï- PÀĪÉA¥ÀÄ 02
¥Àj¸ÀgÀ 3 D£É ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ°è ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄgÀÄ - © f J¯ï ¸Áé«Ä 02
QæÃqÉ/fêÀ£ÀPÀ¯É 4 ¸ÉÆïÉA§ÄzÀÄ C®à«gÁªÀÄ - £ÉëÄZÀAzÀæ 02
AiÀıÉÆÃUÁxÉ/ªÀåQÛavÀæt 5 §zÀÄPÀ£ÀÄß ¦æÃw¹zÉ ¸ÀAvÀ - JZï.Dgï.gÁªÀÄPÀȵÀÚ (PÀ¯ÁAgÀ 02
ªÀåQÛ avÀæ)
vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À 6 ªÀÄAUÀ¼À£À CAUÀ¼ÀzÀ°è – eÉ.¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ 02
¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å 7 *ªÀiËTPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ: ¸ÀºÀd ¨sÁµÁ §¼ÀPÉ: 06
ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ .D±ÀÄ ¨sÁµÀt> ««zsÀ gÀZÀ£ÁvÀäPÀ/zÉÊ£ÀA¢£À §¼ÀPÉ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ,
ªÀåQÛ, ¨sÁªÀ£ÉUÀ¼À ªÉÄïÉ.
MAzÀÄ ¸ÀtÚ KPÁAPÀ (5-10 ¤«ÄµÀ) £ÁlPÀ.
ªÀiÁzÀj ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£À (£ÉêÀÄPÁwUÁV ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£À)

°TvÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 8 «¸ÀÛgÀuÉ: £ÀÄrUÀlÄÖUÀ¼ÀÄ-¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §¼À¹PÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÀtÚ 06

ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£É
¥ÀAiÀiÁðAiÀÄ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §gÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ(GzÁ:
§¼À¸ÀÄ=G¥ÀAiÉÆÃV¸ÀÄ, PÁAiÀÄÄ= ¤jÃQë¸ÀÄ,
aAw¸ÀÄ=AiÉÆÃa¸ÀÄ, PÀÆr¸ÀÄ«PÉ=¸ÉÃj¸ÀÄ«PÉ.......EvÁå¢)
DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ 02
MlÄÖ UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 26

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 1

 vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-1
3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀå ( PÀ£ÀßqÀ §®èªÀjUÁV)

1. ¥ÀoÀågÀZÀ£Á ¸À«Äw
2. ¤zÉÃð±ÀPÀgÀ ªÀÄÄ£ÀÄßr
3. ¥ÀoÀå gÀZÀ£Á ¸À«Äw ªÀiÁvÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ
4. ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ
¥Àj«r

UÀzÀå «ºÁgÀ
1. £Álå ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw (EwºÁ¸À) - zÉ.eÉ.UË
2. £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¨ÉÃPÁVgÀĪÀ EAVèµï (¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw) _ PÀĪÉA¥ÀÄ
3. ¸ÉÆïÉA§ÄzÀÄ C®à«gÁªÀÄ (QæÃqÉ/fêÀ£ÀPÀ¯É) - £ÉëÄZÀAzÀæ
4. D£É ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ°è ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄgÀÄ (¥Àj¸ÀgÀ) _ ©.f.J¯ï.¸Áé«Ä
5. §zÀÄPÀ£ÀÄß ¦æÃw¹zÀ ¸ÀAvÀ (AiÀıÉÆÃUÁxÉ/ªÀåQÛavÀæt) – JZï.Dgï.gÁªÀÄPÀȵÀÚ
6. ªÀÄAUÀ¼À£À CAUÀ¼ÀzÀ°è..... - qÁ:eÉ.¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ
¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å-ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
7. ªÀiËTPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
8. °TvÀ C©üªÀåQÛ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

Course outcome:
1. Developing listening and speaking skills.
2. Easy Interaction with peers.
3. Students can use the language at ease in daily life situations

¥ÀjÃPÉë ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À «zsÁ£À (3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï)

¤gÀAvÀgÀ CAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À- Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) only.
PÀæ.¸ÀA. ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ «ªÀgÀ UÀjµÁ×APÀ GwÛÃtðvÉUÉ
PÀ¤µÁ×APÀ
01 DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ªÀÄÆgÀÄ DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ 30
(I A Tests) (¸ÀgÁ¸Àj CAPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀt¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ)
02 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ P˱À¯Áå©üªÀÈ¢Ý ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 20
ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ (vÁAwæPÀ ¥Àæ§AzsÀ/C±ÀĨsÁµÀt/ZÀZÉð/vÁAwæPÀ PÉëÃvÀæUÀ¼À°è£À
(Student Activities) C«µÁÌgÀUÀ¼À §UÉÎ «±ÉèõÀuÉ EvÁå¢.)
(¸ÀgÁ¸Àj CAPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀt¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ)
MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 50 20

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 2

 ¸ÀÆZÀ£É:
¨sÁµÁ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ½UÁV vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼À ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀzÀ°è (vÀgÀUÀwAiÀÄ ¥ÀæUÀw¥ÀgÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À). UÁzÉUÀ¼À
«¸ÀÛgÀuÉ, £ÀÄrUÀlÄÖUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀA¨sÁµÀuÉ ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀoÀåzÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¨sÁUÀzÀ ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À ªÉÄÃ¯É ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛgÀ-
n¥Ààt ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ±À¨ÁÝxÀðzÀ°è §gÀĪÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ªÁPÀå gÀZÀ£É ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.

 ªÀiÁzÀj ¥Àæ±ÉߥÀwæPÉ
3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï- vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-1 (PÀ£ÀßqÀ§®è «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ)

¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 1.00 UÀAmÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:30

¸ÀÆZÀ£É: PɼÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ ¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ¼À ¥ÀæPÁgÀ ªÁåPÀgÀtzÉÆõÀ«®èzÀAvÉ GvÀÛj¹.

****
1. F PɼÀV£À 04 ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ MAzÀÄ ¥ÀÆtð ªÁPÀåzÀ°è GvÀÛj¹. 1*4=04
(C) £Álå AiÀiÁªÁUÀ ºÀÄnÖPÉÆArvÀÄ?
(D) D£É ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ PÁr£À°è £Á¥ÀvÉÛAiÀiÁzÀ ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄgÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß w½¹.
(E) gÁµÀÖç¥ÀwAiÀiÁV DAiÉÄÌAiÀiÁzÁUÀ PÀ¯ÁA CªÀgÀÄ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ºÉýzÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄUÀ¼ÉãÀÄ?
(F) ªÀÄAUÀ¼À£À CAUÀ¼À vÀ®Ä¦zÀ ªÉÆzÀ® CAvÀjPÀë £ËPÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ?
(G) ‘ºÀUÀ®ÄUÀ£À¸ÀÄ’ £ÀÄrUÀlÖ£ÀÄß §¼À¹ ¸ÀéAvÀ ªÁPÀåªÀ£ÀÄß gÀa¹.
(H) ‘¹»PÀ»’ eÉÆÃqÀÄ¥ÀzÀªÀ£ÀÄß MAzÀÄ ªÁPÀåzÀ°è §¼À¹.

2. PɼÀV£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà £Á®Ä ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ PÀ¤µÀÖ LzÁgÀÄ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À°è GvÀÛj¹. 4*4=16

(1) PÀĪÉA¥ÀÄ CªÀgÀÄ EAVèµ ï PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀªÀgÀ£ÀÄß JµÀÄÖ «¨sÁUÀªÁV ºÉÃUÉ «AUÀr¹zÁÝgÉ?
(2) PÀ¯ÁA CªÀgÀ AiÀıÀ¹ì£À ªÀÄAvÀæUÀ¼ÉãÀÄ?
(3) UÁzÉUÀ¼À ªÀĺÀvÀéªÉãÀÄ? ¤ªÀÄUÉ UÉÆwÛgÀĪÀ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà JgÀqÀÄ UÁzÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉ¸Àj¹.
(4) ¸ÀAªÀºÀ£À ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è §¼À¸ÀĪÀ ¨sÁµÉ ºÉÃVgÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ?
(5) £ÉëÄZÀAzÀægÀ ‘¸Á«£ÀvÀÛ MAzÀÄ ºÉeÉÓ……’ PÀvÉ N¢zÀ ºÀÄqÀÄV vÀ£Àß ¸ÉÆð¤AzÀ ºÉÆgÀUÉ §AzÀzÀÄÝ ºÉÃUÉ?
(6) ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£À JAzÀgÉãÀÄ? «ªÀj¹.

3. AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉ JgÀqÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹. 2*5=10

(1) £ÁlåPÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ°è AiÀÄPÀëUÁ£À PÀ¯É ¥ÀæªÀÄÄRªÁzÀÄzÀÄ. EzÀgÀ ºÀÄlÄÖ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÁå¦Û §UÉÎ w½¹.
(2) ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀAiÀiÁ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå GzÉÝñÀUÀ¼ÉãÀÄ?
(3) ‘ªÀiÁ£À«ÃAiÀÄ ªÀiË®åUÀ¼ÀÄ’, CAvÀgÀeÁ® - JgÀqÀgÀ°è MAzÀPÉÌ ¸ÀĪÀiÁgÀÄ MAzÀÄ ¥ÀÄlzÀµÀÄÖ
¥Àæ§AzsÀ §gɬÄj.
(4) GzÉÆåÃUÀzÀ ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£ÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀĪÁUÀ ªÀiÁrPÉƼÀî¨ÉÃPÁzÀ ¥ÀƪÀð¹zÀÞvÉUÀ¼ÉãÀÄ?.

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ gÀZÀ£Á ºÁUÀÄ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ ¸À«Äw

 ¸ÀA¥ÁzÀQÃAiÀÄ ¸À«Äw:

1. ²æà n J¯ï gÀ«ÃAzÀæ, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÀPÁðj f.Dgï.L.¹.¦ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

2. ²æà n. wªÀÄä¥Àà, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ(DAiÉÄÌ ±ÉæÃtÂ), AiÀiÁAwæPÀ «¨sÁUÀ, ¸ÀPÁðj ¥Á°mÉQßPï, vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ.

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 3

  ¸À®ºÁ ¸À«ÄwAiÀÄ ¨ÁºÀå ¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä® ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ.

1. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) r. ¥ÁAqÀÄgÀAUÀ ¨Á§Ä, PÀÄ®¸ÀaªÀgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.

2. ¥ÉÆ.æ (qÁ.) C±ÉÆÃPï PÀĪÀiÁgï gÀAdgÉ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.
3. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) PÉ ªÉÊ £ÁgÁAiÀÄt ¸Áé«Ä, ¸ÀºÀ ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
¸ÀPÁðj PÀ¯Á PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.
4. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) eÉ ¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ ºÁUÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå¸ÀÜgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, (fPÉ«PÉ) ºÉ¨Áâ¼À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 4

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bangalore
Course Title: PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION
Scheme (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Total Contact Hours: 52 Course Code:
15EC41T

Type of Course: Lectures, Self Core/ Elective:

Credit :04
Study& Quiz Core
CIE- 25 Marks SEE- 100 Marks

Prerequisites: Enthusiasm to learn the subject

Course Objectives:

1. To create an awareness on Engineering Ethics and Human Values.

2. To instill Moral and Social Values and Loyalty.
3. Create awareness among engineers about their social responsibilities
4. Appreciate the Ethical issues
5. To Know the Human rights and concept of women empowerment
6. To know features of our constitution.

Course Outcomes:

On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO:
Course Outcome CL Linked PO Teaching Hrs

CO1 Practice the moral values that ought to 10

R/U 5,6,7,8,10
guide the Engineering profession.
Discover of the set of justified moral U/A
principles of obligation, ideals that 09
CO2 5,7,8,10
ought to be endorsed by the engineers
and apply them to concrete situations
Know the definitions of risk and R/U
CO3 05
safety also discover different factors 5,6,7,10
that affect the perception of risk
Appreciate the Ethical issues and R/U
Know the code of ethics adopted in 06
CO4 5,6,7,10
various professional body’s and
industries
CO5 Justify the need for protection of R/U
8
human rights and to know about 5,6,7,8,10
concept of women empowerment
CO6 Know the successful functioning of R/U 14
5,6,7,9,10
democracy in India
Total sessions 52

Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 1

 COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PROFESSIONAL
ETHICS & - - - - 3 3 3 3 2 3
INDIAN
CONSTITUTION

Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.

Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

COURSE CONTENT AND BLUE PRINT OF MARKS FOR SEE

Unit Hour Questions to be Marks weightage
No Unit Name set for weightage (%)
SEE

R U A

1
HUMAN VALUES 10 15 15 - 30 21

ENGINEERING 10 15 - 25 17
2
09
ETHICS

SAFETY, 05 - 10 15 11
3
RESPONSIBILITIES 05
OF ENGINEERS

ETHICAL ISSUES IN 05 05 5 15 11
4
ENGINEERING 06
PRACTICE

8 15 5 20 13
5 HUMAN RIGHTS
INDIAN 25 15 40 27
6
14
CONSTITUTION

Total 52 35 75 35 145 100

Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 2

UNITI: HUMAN VALUES 10Hrs

Professional Ethics-Objectives of study of professional ethics-Human values- Definition of

Morals and Ethics-Difference between Morality and Ethics-Values-Definition-Types of values-
Definition of Integrity- Concept of Work Ethic- Service Learning- Definition Virtues-Definition-
Civic Virtue-Duties and Rights - Respect for Others – Attitude and values, opinions-changing
attitude-beliefs-Reliability-Living Peacefully-Means to be adopted for leaving peacefully-Caring-
Sharing-Honesty-ValuingTime-Co-operation-Commitment-Empathy-Self-Confidence-
Spirituality.

UNTII: ENGINEERING ETHICS 09Hrs

Engineering ethics-Definition-Approach-Senses of Engineering Ethics-variety of moral issues–

Inquiry-Types-Moral dilemmas-Steps to solve dilemma-Moral autonomy –Definition-consensus
& controversy –Profession-Definition–Ethical theories-Theories about right action Personality–
Self control- Self-interest –Self respect.

UNITIII: SAFETY, RESPONSIBILITIES OF ENGINEERS 05Hrs

Safety and risk-definition- - assessment of safety and risk - risk benefit analysis and reducing risk
–Personal risk-Public risk-Reducing risk-Voluntary Risk-Collegiality and loyalty–Authority-
Types- collective bargaining -occupational crime –Responsibility of engineers–Types-Social
responsibility-Professional responsibility-confidentiality-conflicts of interest-liability

UNIT IV:ETHICAL ISSUES IN ENGINEERING PRACTICE 06Hrs

Ethical issues–Industrial standards-Environmental ethics –Plastic waste disposal-E-Waste

Disposal-Semi conductor waste Disposal-Industrial waste disposal-Human centred environmental
ethics- computer ethics –Types of issues-Computer as the Instrument and Object of Unethical
Acts -Engineers as managers-Codes of ethics-Sample code of Ethics like -Institution of
Engineers(India)-Institute of Electrical & Electronics engineers- Institute of Electronics &
Telecommunication Engineers - Indian Institute of Materials Management.

UNIT V: HUMAN RIGHTS 8 Hrs

Human Rights-Definition-constitutional provisions-right to life and liberty-Human Rights of

Women-Discrimination against women- steps that are to be taken to eliminate discrimination
against women in Education, employment, health care, Economic and social life, Women in rural
areas- Status of Women in India - Constitutional Safeguards - Dowry Prohibition act 1961-
Domestic violence act 2005- Sexual harassment at work place bill 2006-Human Rights of
Children- Who is a child- list the Rights of the Child- Right to education--Protection of Children
from Sexual Offences Act(POCSO)-2012- National Human Rights Commission- Constitution-
Powers and function of the Commission-Employee rights- Provisions made-Contractual-Non
contractual employee rights-Whistle blowing-definition-Aspects-Intellectual Property Rights
(IPR)–Meaning-Need for protection- Briefly description of concept of patents, Copy right, Trade
mark.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 3

UNIT VI: INDIAN CONSTITUTION 14Hrs

Introduction to constitution of India-Formation and Composition of the Constituent Assembly-

Salient features of the Constitution-Preamble to the Indian Constitution Fundamental Rights-
Fundamental Duties-Directive principles of state policy.
Parliamentary system of governance- Structure of Parliament- Lokhasabha and Rajyasabha -
Functions of parliament- Legislative ,Executive, Financial Function, Powers of Loksabha and
Rajya Sabha- Procedure followed in parliament in making law-Structure of union executive-
Power and position of President, Vice President, Prime minister and council of ministers.
Structure of the judiciary: Jurisdiction and functions of Supreme Court, high court, and subordinate
courts
Federalism in the Indian constitution, Division of Powers- Union list, State list and concurrent
list, Structure of state legislation, Legislative assembly and Legislative council, Functions of state
legislature, Structure of state executive-Powers and positions of Governor, ,Speaker, Deputy
Speaker, Chief Minister and council of minister.
Local self government- meaning-Threetiersystem-Villagepanchayath-Talukpanchayath-
Zillapanchayath-Local bodies-Municipalities and Corporations, Bruhath mahanagara Palike.
Functions of Election commission, UPSC, KPSC.

MODEL QUESTION PAPER

4- Semester Diploma Examination
PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION Time: 3
Hours] [Max Marks: 100 Note: Answer
any SIX from Part A and any SEVEN from Part B

PART-A 6x5=30 marks

1. Distinguish between ‘morality’ and ‘ethics’

2. Explain the terms, ‘Profession’, ‘Professional’, and ‘Professionalism’?
3. Name a few techniques (steps) to reduce risks?
4. List the ill effects of E waste disposal on environment?
5. Explain the role of computers as object of Unethical Acts?
6. State various provisions under ‘human rights?
7. Differentiate between ‘Patent’ and ‘Trade secret’?
8. State the function of Governor?
9. Write Note on gram panchayaths?
PART-B 7x10=70 marks

10. Illustrate the ethical aspect principle of caring or sharing, with an example?
11. Explain various actions of an engineer leading to dishonesty?
12. List the situations when moral dilemmas arise?

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 4

 13. Distinguish between ‘Social responsibility’ and ‘Professional responsibility?
14. Explain Occupational crime?
15. Explain code of Ethics followed in Institution of Engineers?
16. Explain Sexual harassment at work place bill 2006?
17. Explain the basic structure of Parliament?
18. Explain the formation and functions of state high Court?
19. State the role of following members in Rajyasabha?:
a) Chairman
b) Leader of the house
c) Opposition leader

MODEL QUESTION BANK

4th Semester
Course title: PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION
CO1: PRACTICE THE MORAL VALUES THAT OUGHT TO GUIDE THE ENGINEERING
PROFESSION.
Level-1: Remember

1. List the key trends in engineering ethics?

2. Distinguish between ‘morality’ and ‘ethics’?
3. List different types of values and give a few examples in each?
4. List the civic virtues one should develop?
5. List the types of virtues, with an example for each
6. List the factors for one to work peacefully?
7. List different ways the honesty reflects?
8. List the benefits of empathy?
Level-2: Understand
9. Explain the term ‘respect for others’ with suitable example?
10. Explain what should one do or not to do live peacefully?
11. Distinguish between ‘caring’ and ‘sharing’?
12. What are the impediments to proper co-operation?
13. Explain the factors that shape self-confidence in a person?
14. Explain two methods of developing self-confidence?
15. Illustrate the ethical aspect principle of caring or sharing, with an example?
16. Explain various actions of an engineer leading to dishonesty?
17. Explain Service Learning?

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 5

 CO2: DISCOVER OF THE SET OF JUSTIFIED MORAL PRINCIPLES OF OBLIGATION, IDEALS
THAT OUGHT TO BE ENDORSED BY THE ENGINEERS AND APPLY THEM TO CONCRETE
SITUATIONS
Level-1: Remember
1. List the objectives of this course ‘professional ethics’?
2. Define Engineering Ethics?
3. State the two approaches to Engineering ethics?
4. Define the term, ‘moral dilemma’?
5. List the situations when moral dilemmas arise?
6. List the steps in confronting moral dilemma?
7. State the five characteristics of professionals?
8. State the specific virtues relating to honesty?
9. Define ‘corporate responsibility’
10. Define ‘corporate accountability?
11. List the skills required to handle moral problems/issues in engineering ethics?
Level-2: Understand
12. Why do people behave unethically?
13. Why and how do moral problems arise in a profession?
14. Explain the moral dilemma
15. Explain the difficulties in solving moral problems?
16. Explain the relation between autonomy and authority?
17. Highlight the principle of ‘pre-conventional level’ of moral development?
18. Explain the terms, ‘Profession’, ‘Professional’, and ‘Professionalism’?
19. Describe the virtues fulfilled under professional responsibility?
20. What is moral integrity? Write on its significance?
21. Distinguish between causal responsibility, moral responsibility and
Legal responsibility?
22. Where and how do moral problems arise in engineering practice?
Justify the safety and other obligations of professional engineers?

CO3: KNOW THE DEFINITIONS OF RISK AND SAFETY ALSO DISCOVER DIFFERENT
FACTORS THAT AFFECT THE PERCEPTION OF RISK
Level-1: Remember
1. Name the factors that influence the perception of risk?
2. List the factors that affect the risk acceptability?
3. Name a few techniques (steps) to reduce risks?
4. List various aspects of collegiality?
5. List factors/principles to justify ‘confidentiality’?

Level-2: Understand
6. Describe ‘institutional authority’ with an example?
7. What is meant by Professional Responsibility?
Level-3: Application
8. Explain ‘collective bargaining with example?
9. Explain briefly ‘‘institutional authority?
10. Explain Occupational crime?

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 6

CO4: APPRECIATE THE ETHICAL ISSUES AND KNOW THE CODE OF ETHICS ADOPTED
IN VARIOUS PROFESSIONAL BODY’S AND INDUSTRIES
Level-1: Remember
1. List the ill effects of E waste disposal on environment?
2. Define ‘computer ethics’? List the issues in ‘computer ethics’?
3. Name different types of problems in ‘computer ethics’?
4. List the ethical problems by computers in workplace?

Level-2: Understand
5. Describe briefly on code of ethics?
6. What are the duties of an engineer as an experimenter, in environmental ethics?
7. How the plastic waste disposals create havocs?
8. Discuss on Industrial waste disposal creating disasters on environment?
Level-3: Application
9. Explain ‘environmental ethics’?
10. Explain human centred environmental ethics?
11. Explain the role of computers as instruments?
12. Explain the role of computers as object of Unethical Acts?
13. Explain the role of engineers as managers?
14. Explain code of Ethics followed in Institution of Engineers?
15. Explain code of Indian Institute of Materials Management?

CO 5: JUSTIFY THE NEED FOR PROTECTION OF HUMAN RIGHTS AND TO KNOW

ABOUT CONCEPT OF WOMEN EMPOWERMENT
Level-1: Remember
1. State various provisions under ‘human rights?
2. List the features of ‘international human rights?
3. State the provisions under professional rights?
4. State the features of the employee rights?
5. List the principles of conflict resolution?
6. List the various Special Programs for Women's Development from government?
Level-2: Understand
7. Describe briefly ‘trademark’?
8. Differentiate between ‘Patent’ and ‘Trade secret’?
9. Describe ‘intellectual property rights?
Level-3: Application
10. Explain briefly the ‘copyright’?
11. Explain briefly about patents?
12. Explain the concept of women empowerment?
13. Explain woman and Development?
14. Explain Dowry Prohibition act 1961?
15. Explain POCSO act 2012?
16. Explain domestic violence act 2005?
17. Explain Sexual harassment at work place bill 2006?

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 7

CO6: KNOW THE SUCCESSFUL FUNCTIONING OF DEMOCRACY IN INDIA
Level-1: Remember
1. List the function and powers of parliament?
2. State the positions and powers of the Governor?
3. State the powers and Functions of the Chief Minister?
4. State the functions of Taluk panchayaths?
5. State the functions of Zilla panchayaths?
6. List the functions of urban local bodies?
7. State the powers of the president?
8. State the functions of the president?
9. State the powers and Functions of the prime minister?
Level-2: Understand
10. Describe briefly about Indian constitution?
11. Write about structure of Parliament?
12. What are the Procedure followed in parliament in making law?
13. Describe the role of gram panchayaths in community upliftment?
14. Describe the role of: a) Chairman b) Leader of the house c) Opposition leader in
Rajyasabha?
15. Describe importance of Judiciary?
16. Describe the Structure of state legislation
17. Describe the Jurisdiction of Supreme court,
18. Describe the Jurisdiction high court?
Level-3: Application
19. Explain theFormation & Composition of constituent assembly?
20. Explain preamble and its main objectives of Indian constitution?
21. Explain the fundamental Rights of Every citizen?
22. Explain the fundamental Duties of Every citizen?
23. Explain salient features of Indian constitution?
24. Explain the basic structure of Parliament?
25. Explain the composition of Lokasabha?
26. Explain the composition of Rajyasabha?
27. Explain the Directive principles of state policy?
28. Explain the Structure Of The Judiciary?
29. Explain the Powers of Rajya Sabha and Loksabha ?
30. Describe briefly about, Division of Powers- Union list, State list and concurrent list,
31. Explain the federalism in the Indian constitution ?
32. Explain the role of vice president?
33. Explain the role of State council of ministers?
34. Explain the functions of Zilla panchayaths?
35. Explain the formation and functions of Supreme Court?
36. Explain the formation and functions of state high Court?
37. Explain the formation and functions of subordinate courts?
38. Explain the formation of three tier system for local self government?

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 8

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
Course Title: Microcontroller & Applications Course Code : 15EC42T
Credits :4 Semester :4
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Course Group : Core
Type of course : Lecture Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 100 Marks

Prerequisites
Knowledge of digital devices and exposure to programming languages

Course Objectives
To introduce the students to the architectural features of microcontrollers, capabilities of
microcontroller and their utilisation.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain the following COs
Linked Teaching
Course Outcome CL
POs Hours
Understand the architectural features of MCS-51
CO1 variants and select a suitable microcontroller to suit the R/U/A 1,2,10 10
application.
Develop programs for control applications using
CO2 R/U/A 1,2,3,4,10 10
assembly language and embedded C.
Use timers and counters for delay generation and event
CO3 R/U/A 1,2,3,4,10 09
counting.
CO4 Illustrate the use of interrupts and service routines R/U/A 1,2,3,4,10 08
Write algorithms and develop programs for serial data
CO5 U/A 1,2,10 08
communication applications.
Design microcontroller based-applications for simple
CO6 U/A 1,2,3,4,10 07
real-world applications.
Total 52
Legends: PO-Program Outcome, CO-Course Outcome, CL-Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Apply

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC42T Page 1

 Course-PO attainment matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Microcontroller &
3 3 3 3 -- -- -- -- -- 3
Applications
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Course content and pattern of marks for SEE

Weightage for
Teaching CLs in SEE
Unit Unit Name Marks Weightage
Hours (%)
R U A
1 8051 Architecture 10 05 05 15 25 19
Assembly language
2 10 05 05 20 30 19
programming
3 Embedded C 09 05 10 10 25 18
I/O port and Interrupts
4 08 05 10 10 25 15
programming
5 Timers /Counters and Serial I/O 08 05 05 10 20 15
6 Interfacing the 8051 07 05 05 10 20 14
Total 52 30 40 75 145 100
Legend: R- Remember, U-Understand A-Application

Course Contents

Unit - 1: 8051 Architecture 10 Hours

Introduction to the concepts of microprocessors, microcontrollers, RISC, CISC, Harvard and Von
Neumann architectures. Selection of microcontrollers, variants of MCS-51 family and their
features. Applications of microcontrollers. Architecture of 8051 and its pin details. PC, DPTR, A
& B registers, PSW register-flag bits, SFRs, Memory organization, general purpose RAM, bit
addressable RAM, register banks, interfacing external data and code memory.
Unit - 2: Assembly language programming 10 Hours
Features of machine language, assembly language, middle-level and high-level languages. 8051
Addressing modes. Instruction set: Classification, syntax and function of instructions, example
programs.
Unit – 3: Embedded C 9 Hours
Introduction to embedded C and its applicability to 8051, its pros and cons, general structure of
embedded C program, data types, memory types and models, pointers, pointer’s memory type,

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC42T Page 2

 typed and untyped pointers. Time-delay generation using loops, accessing SFRs and bit
addressable RAM, arithmetic and logical operators, example programs.
Unit - 4: I/O port and Interrupts programming 08 Hours
Features of I/O ports. Byte size I/O, bit addressability and configuring I/O ports, interface I/O
devices such as LED, buzzer, push-button switch, relay, example programs with assembly & C.
Polling & interrupt methods, executing an interrupt, different types, IE and IP registers, enabling,
disabling and priority setting, example programs in assembly and C.
UNIT -5: Timers /Counters and Serial I/O 08 Hours
Bit structure and function of TMOD and TCON registers, mode 1 & mode 2 operations of timers
and counters, time delay generation & example programs in assembly and C.
Bit structure and function of SCON register, SBUF register, TI and RI flags, working of serial
port, connecting 8051 to RS 232, serial data transmission and reception, example programs in
assembly and C.

UNIT- 6: Interfacing the 8051 07Hours

Multiplexed seven-segment display, LCD module, ADC 0804, wave form generation using DAC
0808, DC motor-PWM for speed control, Stepper motor, appropriate schematic, and algorithm and
C programs.
References
1. The 8051 Microcontroller & Embedded systemsusing assembly and C (2ndEdition)
–M.A.Mazidi , J.C. Mazidi & R.D.McKinlay ISBN: 81-317-1026-2
2. The 8051 Microcontroller(4th Edition)- MacKenzie , ISBN:81-317-2018-7
3. The 8051 Microcontroller(1st Edition) – Dr.Uma Rao & Andhe Paallavi, ISBN: 81-317-3252-5
4. Microcontrollers & applications, Ramani Kalpathi, & Ganesh Raja , ISBN: 81-888-4918-9
5. Embedded C - Michael .J.Pont - Pearson Education -2002 ISBN 0 201 79523 X

Course Delivery
The course will be delivered through lectures, presentations and support of modern tools. Student
activities are off-class.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC42T Page 3

Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme

Master Scheme

Assessment
Assessment To mode Max. Evidence
What Course Outcomes
Method Whom /Frequency Marks Collected
/timing
Three tests+ 20 Blue Books 1 to 6
CIE IA Activity
Activity* 05 1 to 6
Sheets
End of the Answer Scripts
End 100 1 to 6
SEE course at BTE
exam
Total 125
Student
Middle of Feedback 1 to 3 Delivery of
feedback on Nil
the Course Forms course
course
1 to 6 Effectiveness
End of
End of the Question- of delivery
course Nil
Course naires instructions &
survey
assessment methods
Legends: CIE-Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE- Semester End-exam Evaluation
+
Every I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average of three tests, by rounding off any fractional part
thereof to next higher integer, shall be considered for IA.
*Students should do activity as per the list of suggested activities/ similar activities with prior approval of the
teacher. Activity process must be initiated well in advance so that it can be completed well before the end
of the term.

Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various CLs as per the weightage
shown in the following table.
Sl. No. Cognitive Levels (CL) Weightage (%)
1 Remembering 20
2 Understanding 30
3 Applying 50
Total 100

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC42T Page 4

 Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) pattern
(i) Student Activity (5 marks)
The following student activities or similar activities can be assigned for assessing CIE/IA
marks
Sl.
Activity Weightage
No.
1 Collection of features and pin diagrams of at least three controllers from
following families. (1) PIC microcontrollers, (2) AVR microcontrollers,
(3) ARM microcontrollers, (4) Intel microcontrollers (other than MCS-
51), (5) Any other microcontroller family
50%
2 Prepare the block diagram of any one of the following real-world control
application based on microcontroller. (1)Temperature control, (2)
Weighing machine, (3) Humidity control, (4) Public telephone (Land-
line), (5) Street-light control, (7) Washing machine control, (9) Any
other application of similar nature and magnitude
Execution Mode
1. Activity 1 and 2 are mandatory for every batch; every batch can have maximum of 2 students.
2. Activities shall be carried out batch-wise throughout the semester and submit the report per batch before the
end of the semester.
3. Report shall be qualitative and not to exceed 4 pages.
4. Each of the activity can be carried out off-class; however, demonstration/presentation should be done in the
class room.
5. Teacher is expected to observe and record the progress of students’ activities
6. Assessment shall be made based on quality of activity in accordance with the following rubrics table.

(ii) Model of rubrics for assessing student activity (for every student)
Scale
Marks
Dimension 1 2 3 4 5
(Example)
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
Collects Collects Collects a
1. Research Does not Collects more
very limited basic great deals of
and collect information,
information, information, information, 3
gathering information most refer to
some relate most refer to all refer to the
information relate to topic the topic
to topic the topic topic
Does not
Performs all
2. Full-fills perform any Performs Performs Performs
duties of
team roles duties assigned very little nearly all almost all 2
assigned team
and duties to the team duties duties duties
roles
role
Usually
Rarely does Always does Always does
does the
3. Shares Always relies the assigned the assigned the assigned
assigned
work on others to do work, often work, rarely work, without 5
work, rarely
equality the work needs needs needing
needs
reminding reminding. reminding
reminding
Usually does
Is always most of the Listens, but Listens and
4. Listen to Listens and
talking, never talking, sometimes talks a little
other team talks a fare 3
allows anyone rarely allows talk too more than
mates amount
to else to speak others to much, needed.
speak
Total marks ceil(13/4)= 4

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC42T Page 5

 (iii) CIE/IA Tests (20 Marks)
Three tests have to be conducted in accordance with the test pattern given below and average
marks of them are considered for CIE/IA with specified schedule. Fractional average marks
can be rounded-off to next higher integer.
(iv) Format of CIE/IA test question paper

CIE Question Paper

Institution Name and Code
Course Coordinator/Teacher
Program Name Test No. Units
Class/Sem Date CL
Course Name Time COs
Course Code Max. Marks POs
Note to students: Answer all questions
Question No. Question Marks CL CO PO
1
2
3
4
Legends: PO-Program Outcome, CO-Course outcome, CL-Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Apply
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

(v) Model question paper for CIE

CIE Question Paper
Institution Name and Code
Course Coordinator/Teacher
Program Name Electronics and Communication Test No. 1 Units 1&2
Class/Sem 3rd Sem Date 1/1/2017 CL R/U/A
Course Name Microcontroller & Applications Time 10-11AM COs 1&2
Max.
Course Code 15EC42T Marks
20 POs 1, 2 & 3
Note to students: Answer all questions
No. Question Marks CL CO PO
1
Explain the significance of PSW of 8051 05 U/A 1 1,2,3
List the features of 8051 microcontroller
2
OR 05 R/A 1 1,2
Write the instructions to select (i) register bank 0 and (ii) register
bank 3
05 U 2 1,2
3 Classify the instruction set of 8051
Point out the mistake in the following instructions (i) PUSH R1
4
(ii) MOV R1,#398 (iii) RET label (iv) MOV R1,R2 (v) DIV A,B 05 A 2 1,2
OR
Write an ALP to convert ASCII to Hexadecimal

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC42T Page 6

 Semester End-exam Evaluation (SEE)
(i) End-exam question-paper pattern
Unit Unit Name Study Duration No. Questions for end-exam
(Hrs.)
PART – A PART – B
5 Marks 10 Marks
1 8051 Architecture 10 01 02
2 Assembly language programming 10 02 02
3 Embedded C 09 01 02
4 I/O port and Interrupts 08 01 02
programming
5 Timers /Counters and Serial I/O 08 02 01
6 Interfacing the 8051 07 02 01
Total 52 09 10
(45 Marks) (100 Marks)
(ii) Model question paper
Course Title : MICROCONTROLLERS AND APPLICATIONS
Course Code : 15EC42T Time : 3 Hrs
Semester : Third Max. Marks: 100
Instructions: 1. Answer any SIX question from Part A (5x6=30 Marks)
2. Answer any SEVEN full questions from Part B (7x10=70 Marks)

Part A
1. Compare the features of Harvard and von-Neumann architectures
2. Indicate the uses of the following instructions (i) NOP (ii) XRL (iii) ORL (iv) ANL (v) RETI
3. Write an ALP the average of 5 marks stored in internal RAM. Assume the maximum marks to be
50.
4. Write C statements to do the following tasks
(i) To right shift the contents of P3 by 4 bit positions
(ii) To set the d1 and d3 bit of P1

5. Discuss the interrupt priority order achieved by the execution of MOV IP,#11H instruction
6. Calculate the values that are to be loaded into TH1 In order to get the following baud rates (i) 2400
(ii) 9600
7. Summarize the scheme of interfacing RS232 to 8051
8. Write the schematic for interfacing ADC 0804 to 8051
9. Sketch the schematic for interfacing a 8X2 alphanumeric LCD to 8051 in 8 bit data mode

Part B
1. Explain the internal RAM organization of 8051
2. Describe the method of interfacing 4K data RAM to 8051 microcontroller
3. Explain any 5 single bit instructions of 8051
4. Write an ALP to find the smallest of n 8bit numbers
5. (a) Write a C program to read P1.2 and send it to P2.3 after inverting it.
(b) Write a 8051 C program to convert unpacked BCD to ASCII and to display it on P0
6. (a) Write a 8051 C program to convert a 8 bit hexadecimal number to ASCII after converting it to
unpacked BCD and to display the ASCII digits on P0,P1 and P2

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC42T Page 7

 (b) The data stored in RAM are 25h,22h,3fh,52h and E8h where E8 is the check sum byte. Write a
8051 C program to check the data integrity. If data is good send ASCII character ‘G’ to P0
otherwise send ‘B’
7. Write the schematic, algorithm and a program for 8051 to sense the push button switch and
accordingly control the on/off of LED
8. Summarize the different interrupts of 8051 w.r.t the method of their activation and IVL
9. Write an ALP and a8051 C program to generate a time delay of 50mS. Use timer1 in mode1 and a
crystal frequency of 12MHz
10. Write the schematic, algorithm and a program to interface a DAC to 8051 and to generate a
triangular waveform
11.

Institutional activities (No marks)

The following are suggested institutional activities, to be carried out at least one during the
semester. The course teacher/coordinator is expected to maintain the relevant record (Containing,
Activity name, Resource persons and their details, duration, venue, student feedback, etc)
pertaining to Institutional activities.

Sl. No. Activity

1 Organize seminar workshop or lecture from experts on the modern trends in
microcontrollers
2 Motivate students to take case study on different microcontroller-based mini
projects (small applications such as applications specified in student activity) to
inculcate self and continuous learning

Model Question Bank

Note: The questions in the question bank are indicative but not exhaustive. Sub-questions on
different CLs may be combined in 10-marks questions or 10-marks questions can be splitted into
if necessary keeping weightage of CLs approximately intact.

Unit-1
5-Mark questions
1. List the features of 8051 microcontroller
2. Differentiate between a microcontroller and microprocessor
3. Compare the features of Harvard and von-Neumann architectures
4. Compare the features of RISC and CISC
5. Explain the significance of PSW of 8051
6. List the functions of any 5 SFRs
7. List the points to be considered during the selection of a microcontroller for an application
8. Name the pins of 8051 used for external memory interfacing and list their functions.
9. List the functions of conditional and user flags of 8051
10. Identify to which M.L , the data is moved after the execution of the following program segment
SETB RS1
CLR RS0
MOV R1,#25h
MOV R3,#65h
11. Write the instructions to select (i) register bank 0 and (ii) register bank 3

10-Mark questions

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC42T Page 8

 1. Explain the architecture of 8051 microcontroller
2. List the functions of different pins of 8051
3. Describe the method of interfacing 2K data RAM to 8051 microcontroller
4. Describe the method of interfacing 4K data RAM to 8051 microcontroller
5. Describe the method of interfacing 8K PROM to 8051 microcontroller
6. Explain the functions of regA, regB, PC,SP and DPTR
7. Explain the internal RAM organization of 8051
Unit-2
5-Mark questions
1. Identify the addressing modes of the following instructions (i) PUSH (ii) MOV A,R1 (iii) MOV
A,@R1 (iv) JNC AHEAD (v) MOV A,@A + PC
2. Differentiate between an assembly instruction and assembler directive
3. Classify the instruction set of 8051
4. Indicate the uses of the following instructions (i) NOP (ii) XRL (iii) ORL (iv) ANL (v) RETI
5. Point out the mistake in the following instructions (i) PUSH R1 (ii) MOV R1,#398 (iii) RET label
(iv) MOV R1,R2 (v) DIV A,B
6. Explain the different branch address ranges supported by 8051 instructions
7. Write an ALP to transfer a block of data from one portion of internal RAM to another
8. Write an ALP the average of 5 marks stored in internal RAM. Assume the maximum marks to be
50.
9. Write an ALP to convert ASCII to Hexadecimal
10. Write an ALP to convert hexadecimal to ASCII
10-Mark questions
1. Explain the addressing modes of 8051
2. Explain any 5 conditional branch instructions of 8051
3. Explain any 5 single bit instructions of 8051
4. Write an ALP to find the largest of n 8bit numbers
5. Write an ALP to find the smallest of n 8bit numbers
6. Write an ALP to arrange a list 8bit numbers in ascending order
7. Write an ALP to arrange a list 8bit numbers in descending order
8. Write an ALP to search for a given 8bit number in a list of n 8 bit numbers

Unit-3
5-Mark questions
1. List the advantages and disadvantages of using 8051 C
2. Show how octal, hexadecimal and decimal numbers are represented in 8051 C
3. Explain the different logical operators available in 8051C
4. Explain the different arithmetic operators available in 8051C
5. Explain the different data types available in 8051C
6. Explain the different memory models available in 8051C
7. Explain the different memory type specifiers available in 8051C
8. Write C statements to do the following tasks
(i) To toggle the content of P0
(ii) To left shift the content of P2 by 2 bit positions
9. Write C statements to do the following tasks
(i) To mask the d3 and d5 bits of P0
(ii) To toggle the d7 and d3 bit of P2
10. Write C statements to do the following tasks
(i) To mask the d3 and d5 bits of P0
(ii) To toggle the d7 and d3 bit of P2
11. Write C statements to do the following tasks
(iii) To right shift the contents of P3 by 4 bit position
(iv) To set the d1 and d3 bit of P1

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC42T Page 9

 10-Mark questions
1. (a) Write a C program to read P1.2 and send it to P2.3 after inverting it.
(b) Write a 8051 C program to convert unpacked BCD to ASCII and to display it on P0
2. (a)Write a 8051 C program to toggle all the bits of P0 for every 500ms
(i) by using NOT operator (ii) by using EX-OR operator
(b) Write a 8051 C program to convert ASCII into unpacked BCD and send it to P0
3. (a)Write a 8051 C program to do the following (i) Clear P0 contents using EX -OR (ii) Set D4 bit
of memory location temp1 without affecting other bits (iii) Mask D5 and D3 bits of memory
location temp2
(b) (b)Write a 8051 C program to read P1.0 and P1.1 bits and send ASCII characters ‘0’,’1’,’2’ and
‘3’ to P0 for the combination 00,01,10 and 11 of P1.1 and P1.0 bits
4. (a) Write a 8051 C program to convert packed BCD to ASCII and to display it on P1 and P2
(b) Write a 8051 C program to convert ASCII digits ‘4’ and ‘7’ into packed BCD and to display on
port P1
5. (a) Write a 8051 C program to convert a 8 bit hexadecimal number to unpacked BCD and to
display it on P0,P1 and P2
(b) Write a 8051 C program to output the checksum byte for the 4 bytes of data 25h,62h,3fh and
52h on to port P3
6. (a) Write a 8051 C program to convert a 8 bit hexadecimal number to ASCII after converting it to
unpacked BCD and to display the ASCII digits on P0,P1 and P2
(b) The data stored in RAM are 25h,22h,3fh,52h and E8h where E8 is the check sum byte. Write a
8051 C program to check the data integrity. If data is good send ASCII character ‘G’ to P0
otherwise send ‘B’

Unit-4

5-Mark questions
1. List the advantages and disadvantages of using an interrupt
2. Compare the interrupt method and polling method of servicing devices
3. Differentiate between an ISR and a subroutine
4. Explain the bit structure of IP register
5. Explain the bit structure of IE register
6. List the steps involved in executing an interrupt
7. Explain the method of enabling only timer interrupts and disabling others
8. Explain the method of enabling only external hardware interrupts and disabling others
9. Discuss the interrupt priority order achieved by the execution of MOV IP,#11H instruction
10. Differentiate between RET and RETI
11. List the interrupts of 8051 and their vector locations

10-Mark questions

1. Summarize the different interrupts of 8051 w.r.t the method of their activation and IVL
2. Write the schematic, algorithm and a program for 8051 to sense the push button switch and
accordingly control the on/off of LED
3. Write an algorithm and a C program to monitor the door sensor connected to the pin P1.1 when the
door opens sound the buzzer connected to P1.7. The buzzer is to be sounded by sending a square
wave of a few 100Hz
4. Write an ALP and a C program to send values 0 to 4 to port P2
5. Write an ALP and a C program to toggle bit 1 of Port 0 25000times
6. Write an ALP and a C program to continuously send 00h to 20h to port P0
7. Write an ALP and a C program to toggle the bits of port P3 continuously
8. Write an ALP and a C program to display the ASCII values characters 0,1,A and B on port P2 only
once
9. Write an ALP and a C program to toggle the bit 1 of port P0 continuously

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC42T Page 10

 10. Unit-5

5-Mark questions
1. Differentiate between timers and counters
2. Explain the features of timer0 and timer1 registers
3. Explain the significance of SBUF register
4. Explain the significance of SI and RI flags
5. Calculate the values that are to be loaded into TH1 In order to get the following baud rates (i) 2400
(ii) 9600
6. List the steps involved in serial data transmission
7. List the steps involved in serial data reception
8. Summarize the scheme of interfacing RS232 to 8051
9. Explain the uses of TCON register
10. Explain how a programmer select external hardware interrupts as level triggered interrupts
11. Explain how a programmer select external hardware interrupts as edge triggered interrupts
12. Explain the operation of timer0 in mode 1
13. Explain the operation of timer1 in mode 2
14. Explain the operation of counter0 in mode 1

10-Mark questions
1. Explain the bit structure of TMOD register
2. Explain the bit structure of SCON register
3. Write an ALP to receive data serially at a baud rate of 4800 and send the received data to R1
4. Write an ALP to receive data serially at a baud rate of 9600 and send the received data to P1
5. Write an ALP to transmit the letter ‘A’ serially at a baud rate of 2400
6. Write an ALP to transmit the message “YES” serially at a baud rate of 4800
7. Write an ALP and a8051 C program to generate a time delay of 50mS. Use timer1 in mode1 and a
crystal frequency of 12MHz.
8. Write an ALP and a8051 C program to generate a square wave of on period 100microseconds
and an off period of 100microseconds at P1.2 . Use timer0 in mode 2 and a crystal frequency of
12MHz.
9. Write an ALP and a8051 C program to generate a square wave of 10KHz at P1.2 . Use timer1
in mode 2 and a crystal frequency of 10MHz
10. Write an ALP and a8051 C program to generate a square wave of 25% duty cycle and an on
period of 10mS at P1.4 . Use timer0 in mode 1 and a crystal frequency of 12MHz
11. Write an ALP and a C program to read the content of P0 and send it to P1 after a time delay of
100mS. Use a crystal frequency of 12MHz
Unit-6

5-Mark questions
1. Write the schematic for interfacing a 4 digit multiplexed 7 segment display to 8051
2. Write the schematic for interfacing ADC 0804 to 8051
3. Sketch the schematic for interfacing DC motor to 8051
4. Sketch the schematic for interfacing a 8X2 alphanumeric LCD to 8051 in 4 bit data mode
5. Sketch the schematic for interfacing a 8X2 alphanumeric LCD to 8051 in 8 bit data mode
6. Sketch the schematic for interfacing a stepper motor to 8051
7. List the pins of alphanumeric LCD module which help in interfacing with the microcontroller.

10-Mark questions
1. Write the schematic, algorithm and a program to interface 4 digit multiplexed 7 segment display
to 8051 and display 2016

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC42T Page 11

 2. Write the schematic, algorithm and a program to interface a stepper motor to 8051 and to rotate
the motor in anti clock wise direction using wave drive sequence
3. Write the schematic, algorithm and a program to interface a stepper motor to 8051 and to rotate
the motor in clock wise direction using normal 4 step sequence
4. Write the schematic, algorithm and a program to interface a DC motor to 8051 and to run the
motor with 35% duty cycle
5. Write the schematic, algorithm and a program to interface a alphanumeric LCD to 8051 and to
display ‘INDIA’
6. Write the schematic, algorithm and a program to interface a DAC to 8051 and to generate a
triangular waveform
7. Write the schematic, algorithm and a program to interface a ADC 0804 to 8051

End

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC42T Page 12

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru

Course Title : Digital Communication Course Code : 15EC43T

Semester :4 Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Credits :4
Type of course : Lecture + Assignments Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 100 Marks

Prerequisites
Knowledge of analog communication, analog electronic circuits and digital electronics.

Course Objectives
1. Understand the working of Digital Communication Systems.
2. Understand and analyze the different coding, digital modulation and multiplexing techniques.
3. Know the types of transmission media and elements of optical fiber system.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain the following COs

Linked Teaching
Course Outcome CL PO Hrs
CO1 Understand the digital communication techniques R/U/A 1,2,3,9,10 09

CO2 Recognize the digital coding of analog signals and 1,2,3,9,10 07

R/U/A
line coding techniques
CO3 Distinguish the digital modulation schemes. U/A 1,2,3,9,10 12

CO4 Recognize the different types of multiplexing and 1,2,3,4,9,

U/A 06
multiple access methods. 10
CO5 Analyze the error detection and correction methods. R/U/A 1,2,3,9 06

CO6 Differentiate types of transmission media and 12

R/U/A 1,2,3,9,10
understand fiber optic system.
Total 52
Legends: PO-Program Outcome, CO-Course Outcome, CL-Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Apply

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC43T Page 1

 Course-PO attainment matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Digital
3 3 3 1 -- -- -- -- 3 3
Communication

Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.

Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Course content and pattern of marks for SEE

Questions
Marks Weightage
Unit to be set
Hour Weightage (%)
No Unit Name For SEE
R U A
Digital communication
1 09 05 10 10 25 17
techniques
Digital coding of analog
2 07 05 05 10 20 13
Signals
Digital modulation
3 12 05 05 20 30 23
techniques
Multiplexing techniques and
4 06 05 05 10 20 12
multiple Access
Error Detection and
5 06 05 05 10 20 12
Correction
6 Transmission Media 12 05 10 15 30 23
Total 52 30 40 75 145 100
Legend: R- Remember, U-Understand A-Application

Course Contents

Unit - 1: Digital communication techniques 09 Hours

Definition of signal and classification. Functional Block diagram of digital communication
system. Comparison of analog and digital communications. Base band and pass band
transmission. Definition of information capacity, entropy, bit-rate, baud rate and bandwidth of
digital data and solve simple problems. Shannon’s theorem, Shannon-Hartley theorem, amount of

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC43T Page 2

information, sampling process, and sample and hold circuit. Types of sampling. Sampling
theorems for low pass and band pass signals. Nyquist criterion and aliasing effect. Analog pulse
modulation techniques-PAM, PPM, PWM.
Unit - 2: Digital coding of analog Signals 07 Hours
Quantization. Definition, process and classification. Pulse-code modulation system and DPCM
Quantization noise and companding process. Delta modulation system and adaptive delta
modulation. Applications, advantages and disadvantages in each case. Comparison of different
pulse modulation methods. Line coding and types - unipolar RZ and NRZ, Polar RZ and NRZ,
bipolar NRZ (AMI), split phase Manchester format with examples.
Unit – 3: Digital modulation techniques 12 Hours
Base band transmission of binary data. Significance of inter symbol interference (ISI) and eye
pattern. Digital modulation techniques-Binary and M-ary. Generation and detection(coherent and
non-coherent) of Binary ASK, FSK, PSK, QPSK(Coherent only), DPSK. Merits/demerits and
applications. Concept of Minimum Shift Keying (MSK) and GMSK. Comparison of different
modulation techniques.
Unit - 4: Multiplexing techniques and multiple Access 06 Hours
Concept of FDM and TDM, 4-channel PAM/TDM system, signaling rate, transmission
bandwidth, synchronization, crosstalk and guard time. Digital multiplexers-principle,
classification. Performance factors- bit rate, transmission channel bandwidth. Solve simple
problems. Advantages and disadvantages of TDM. Working principle of T1 digital carrier system.
Multiple access methods-TDMA, FDMA and CDMA and Comparison.
Unit -5: Error Detection and Correction 06 Hours
Definition of error, types of errors and redundancy, error control strategies, error control codes,
Parity check bit coding, LRC, VRC, CRC, Checksum with examples.
Unit- 6: Transmission Media 12 Hours
Classification of transmission media: guided and unguided media, construction, merits, demerits
and applications of twisted pair, co-axial and optical fibers. Block diagram of basic fiber optic
communication system. Optical fiber-principle of operation, numerical aperture, angle of
acceptance, configurations, losses, splices, connecters, couplers and switches. Optical emitters-
LED and semiconductor LASERS, Optical detectors-APD and PIN diode and concepts of WDM.
References
1. Digital Communication Systems, Simon Haykin, Wiley India, ISBN:9788126542314
2. Digital and analog communication systems, K.Sham Shanmugam, Wiley India,
ISBN:978126536801.
3. Fiber Optic Communication systems, 3ed, w/cd, Agarwal, Wiley India,
ISBN:9788126513864.
4. Analog and Digital Communications, T. L. Singal, McGraw Hill Education (india) Pvt. Ltd.
New Delhi. ISBN 10: 0071072691 ISBN 13: 9780071072694.
5. Digital Communications, P. Ramkrishna Rao, McGraw Hill Education (india) Pvt. Ltd. New
Delhi. ISBN-10:0-07-070776-6, ISBN-13:978-0-07-070776-4.
6. Principles of Electronic Communication Systems, Louis E. Frenzel, Tata McGraw Hill
Education Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, ISBN-13:978-0-07-066755-6, ISBN-10:0-07-066755-1.
7. Introduction to Analog & Digital Communications, 2ed, Haykin, Wiely India,
ISBN:9788126536535.
8. Fiber Optic Communication Systems, Dr.R.K.Singh, Wiley India, ISBN:9788126531349.
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC43T Page 3
9. http://electronicdesign.com/communications/understanding-modern-digital-modulation-
techniques
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q_-Bts76TfI
11. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YJmUkNTBa8s
12. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7h2xr-pi5VQ
13. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Wh9knsYSodI
14. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PWaNMjimtP0
15. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9VmA2S2XiCo
16. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ifgs0uypC78
17. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pIlBlNW7sOo
18. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aNqiTCZ-nko

Course Delivery
The course will be delivered through lectures, presentations and support of modern tools.

Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme

Master Scheme

Assessment
Assessment To mode Max. Evidence
What Course Outcomes
Method Whom /Frequency Marks Collected
/timing
Three tests+ 20 Blue Books 1 to 6
CIE IA Activity
Activity* 05 1 to 6
Sheets
End of the Answer Scripts
End 100 1 to 6
SEE course at BTE
exam
Total 125
Student
Middle of Feedback 1 to 3
feedback on Nil
the Course Forms Delivery of course
course
1 to 6
End of Effectiveness of
End of the Question-
course Nil delivery instructions
Course naires
survey & assessment
methods
Legends: CIE-Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE- Semester End-exam Evaluation
+
Every I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average of three tests, by rounding off any fractional part
thereof to next higher integer, shall be considered for IA.
*Students should do activity as per the list of suggested activities/ similar activities with prior approval of the
teacher. Activity process must initiated well in advance so that it can be completed well before the end of
the term.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC43T Page 4

Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various CLs as per the weightage
shown in the following table.
Sl. No. Cognitive Levels (CL) Weightage (%)
1 Remembering 20
2 Understanding 30
3 Applying 50
Total 100

Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) pattern

(i) Student Activity (5 marks)
The following student activities or similar activities can be assigned for assessing CIE/IA
marks
Sl.
Activity
No.
Collect and prepare a handwritten brief report on the functional blocks in digital
1 communication system such as scramblers, unscramblers, equalizers or clock recovery
circuits with specifications and applications.
Recognize/identify the digital modulation technique and line coding for the voice
2 signal transmission in telephone system and Prepare a brief handwritten report with
specifications and applications.
Visit a nearest telephone exchange, collect and prepare a handwritten brief report on
3
optical fibers for the communication purpose with specifications.
Identify the type of multiplexing and multiple access technique used for the mobile
4 communication purpose and Prepare a handwritten brief report on any one with
specifications and applications.
Recognize the optical emitters or optical detectors used for optical fiber
5 communications and prepare a handwritten report that includes specifications, cost,
applications, etc.
Execution Mode
1. At least one activity is mandatory for each batch of 2 students; carried throughout the semester and submit
the report before the end of the semester.
2. Report shall be qualitative and not to exceed 6 pages.
3. Activity can be carried out off-class; however, demonstration/presentation should be done in the class
room.
4. Teacher is expected to observe and record the progress of students’ activities
5. Assessment is made based on quality of work as prescribed by the following rubrics table.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC43T Page 5

 (ii) Model of rubrics for assessing student activity

Scale
Marks
Dimension 1 2 3 4 5
(Example)
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
Collects Collects Collects a
1. Research Does not Collects more
very limited basic great deals of
and collect information,
information, information, information, 3
gathering information most refer to
some relate most refer to all refer to the
information relate to topic the topic
to topic the topic topic
Does not
Performs all
2. Full-fills perform any Performs Performs Performs
duties of
team roles duties assigned very little nearly all almost all 2
assigned team
and duties to the team duties duties duties
roles
role
Usually
Rarely does Always does Always does
does the
3. Shares Always relies the assigned the assigned the assigned
assigned
work on others to do work, often work, rarely work, without 5
work, rarely
equality the work needs needs needing
needs
reminding reminding. reminding
reminding
Usually does
Is always most of the Listens, but Listens and
4. Listen to Listens and
talking, never talking, sometimes talks a little
other team talks a fare 3
allows anyone rarely allows talk too more than
mates amount
to else to speak others to much, needed.
speak
Total marks ceil(13/4)= 4

(iii) CIE/IA Tests (20 Marks)

Three tests have to be conducted, during specified schedule, in accordance with the test
pattern given below and their average-marks shall be considered for CIE/IA.
(iv) Format of CIE/IA test question paper
CIE Question Paper
Institution Name and Code
Course Coordinator/Teacher
Program Name Test No. Units
Class/Sem Date CL
Course Name Time COs
Course Code Max. Marks POs
Note to students: Answer all questions
Question No. Question Marks CL CO PO
1
2
3
4
Legends: PO-Program Outcome, CO-Course outcome, CL-Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Apply
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC43T Page 6

 (v) Model question paper for CIE
CIE Question Paper
Institution Name and
Code
Course Co-
ordinator/Teacher
Program Name Electronics and Communication Test No. 1 Units 1&2
Class/Sem 4th Sem Date 1/1/2017 CL R/U/A
Course Name Digital Communication Time 10-11AM COs 1&2
Course Code 15EC43T Max. Marks 20 POs 1, 2 & 3
Note to students: Answer all questions
No. Question Marks CL CO PO
1 Define signal and classify them. 05 U/A 1 1,2,3

2 State the sampling theorem for the low pass signals 05 R/A 1 1,2

Mention the merits, demerits and applications of data 05 R 2 1,2

3
compression
Describe briefly the delta modulation system with the help of 05 A 2 1,2
4
block diagram.

Semester end-exam evaluation (SEE)

(i) End-exam question-paper pattern
Unit Study No. Questions for End-exam
No. Unit Name Duration 5 Marks 10 Marks
(Hrs.) PART - A PART - B
1 Digital communication techniques 09 01 02
2 Digital coding of analog signals 07 02 01
3 Digital modulation techniques 12 02 02
4 Multiplexing techniques and 06 01 1.5
multiple access
5 Error detection and correction 06 01 1.5
6 Transmission media 12 02 02
52 09 10
Total
(45 Marks) (100 Marks)

(ii) Model question paper

Course Title : Digital Communication
Course Code : 15EC43T Time : 3 Hrs
Semester : Fourth Max. Marks: 100
Instructions: 1. Answer any SIX question from Part A (5x6=30 Marks)
2. Answer any SEVEN full questions from Part B (7x10=70 Marks)

Part A

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC43T Page 7

 1. Define signal and classify them.
2. Describe the working of sample and hold circuit.
3. Illustrate briefly RZ and NRZ format for the unipolar signaling format with waveform.
4. Write a brief note on eye pattern.
5. What do you mean by inter symbol interference? Name the types of digital carrier
modulation schemes.
6. What is multiplexing? Mention the advantages.
7. What is error in digital communication? Describe briefly the types of errors.
8. Describe briefly the types of transmission media.
9. Mention the advantages of optical fiber media.

Part B
1. (a) State the sampling theorem for the low pass signals. (4)
(b) Describe briefly the generation of PAM signal. (6)
2. Describe briefly the functional block diagram of digital communication system. (10)
3. (a) Define quantization and name the types. (3)
(b) Describe briefly the quantization process of an analog signal. (7)
4. Explain the block diagram of pulse code modulation system . (10)
5. (a) Describe binary ASK scheme with the help of waveform. (4)
(b) Explain briefly the coherent detection of binary ASK. (6)
6. (a) Describe briefly the generation of binary PSK signal. (5)
(b) List the advantages and disadvantages of error control codes (5)
7. (a) Describe the working of 4 channel PAM/TDM system. (6)
(b) Write a brief note on CDMA . (4)
8. (a) Write a note on error control strategies. (6)
(b) Differentiate bit error and burst error. (4)
9. (a) Describe briefly the principle of operation of optical fiber. (6)
(b) What is angle of acceptance and numerical aperture? (4)
10. (a) Describe briefly the principle of operation of LED. (6)
(b) List the advantages and limitations of optical fiber. (4)

Institutional activities (No marks)

The following are suggested institutional activities, to be carried out at least one during the
semester. The course teacher/coordinator is expected to maintain the relevant record (Containing,
Activity name, Resource persons and their details, duration, venue, student feedback, etc)
pertaining to Institutional activities.

Sl. No. Activity

1 Organize seminar, workshop or lecture from experts on the modern trends in
digital communication
3 Motivate students to take case study on different digital communication-based
mini projects (small applications such as applications specified in student activity)
to inculcate self and continuous learning

Model Question Bank

Note: The questions in the question bank are indicative but not exhaustive. Sub-questions on
different CLs may be combined in 10-marks questions or 10-marks questions can be splitted
into if necessary keeping weightage of CLs approximately intact.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC43T Page 8

 UNIT-1
5-mark questions
1. Define signal and classify them.
2. Mention the merits and demerits of pass band transmission.
3. Define information capacity and state Shannon’s theorem.
4. Define bit-rate, entropy and baud rate.
5. Write note on aliasing effect.
6. Compare analog and digital communication systems.
7. Describe briefly the sampling process.
8. State the Shannon-Hartley theorem.
9. Write a brief note on baseband and pass band transmission.
10. A discrete information source generates one of five possible messages during
11. each message interval. The probabilities of these messages are P1=1/2, P2=1/4,
12. P3=1/8, P4=1/8 and P5=1/16. Find the information content of each of these messages.

10-mark Questions
1. Define the following signals: (2x5=10)
a. Continuous and Discrete time signals
b. Analog and Digital signals
c. Deterministic and Random signals
d. Even and Odd signals
e. Periodic and Non-periodic signals
2. Describe briefly the functional block diagram of digital communication system. (10)
3. (a) State the sampling theorem for the low pass signals. (5)
4. (b) State the sampling theorem for the band pass signal. (5)
5. (a) Describe briefly the sample and hold circuit. (6)
6. (b) Define the terms: (i) Amount of information (ii) Baud rate. (4)
7. (a) Describe briefly the generation and detection of PAM signals.(8)
8. (b) Mention the types of analog pulse modulation. (2)
9. (a) Describe the generation of PWM. (6)
10. (b) Mention the merits and demerits of PWM. (4)
11. (a) Describe the generation of PPM. (6)
12. (b) Write the merits and demerits of PPM. (4)

UNIT-2
5-mark questions
Remember
1. Define quantization and quantization noise.
2. Mention the advantages, disadvantages and applications of PCM.
3. Mention the merits, demerits and applications of data compression.
4. List the merits, demerits and applications of bipolar signaling.

Understand
1. Describe RZ and NRZ unipolar signaling format with waveforms.
2. Describe RZ and NRZ polar signaling format with waveforms.
3. Describe RZ and NRZ bipolar signaling format with waveforms.
4. Describe briefly the distortion in delta modulation.
5. Write a brief note on companding process.

10-mark Questions
Understand
1. (a) Describe briefly the delta modulation system with the help of block digram. (8)
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC43T Page 9
 (b) Mention the merits and demerits of delta modulation system. (2)
2. (a) Describe briefly the DPCM system. (8)
(b) Mention the merits and applications of DPCM. (2)
3. (a) Compare different pulse code modulation systems. (4)
(b) Write the advantages and disadvantages of bipolar and Manchester formats. (6)
4. (a) Name the types of quantization techniques. (2)
(b) Describe briefly the quantization process. (8)

Application
1. (a) Describe briefly the Manchester format with waveform. (5)
(b) Illustrate the NRZ unipolar signaling format with an example . (5)
2. Describe briefly the pulse code modulation system with the help of functional
block diagram. (10)

UNIT-3
5-mark Questions
1. Write a brief note on base band transmission.
2. Explain briefly about eye pattern.
3. What is the significance of inter symbol interference?
4. What is digital modulation? Name the types of digital modulation techniques.
5. Describe briefly the generation of binary ASK.
6. Explain briefly the generation of binary PSK.
7. Write a brief note on MSK.
8. Mention the merits and demerits of MSK.
9. Mention the merits and demerits of DPSK.

10-mark Questions
1. (a) Describe briefly the coherent detection of binary ASK. (7)
(b) Write the merits, demerits and applications of binary ASK. (3)
2. (a) Describe briefly the binary ASK with the help of waveforms. (4)
(b) Explain briefly the non-coherent detection of binary ASK. (6)
3. (a) Describe briefly the generation of binary FSK. (7)
(b) Explain briefly the binary FSK with the help of waveforms. (3)
4. (a) Describe briefly the coherent detection of binary FSK. (7)
(b) Mention the merits, demerits and applications of binary FSK. (3)
5. (a) Explain briefly the non-coherent detection binary FSK. (7)
(b) Describe briefly the binary FSK with the help of waveforms. (3)
6. (a) Describe briefly the coherent detection of binary PSK signals. (7)
(b) Mention the merits, demerits and applications of binary PSK. (3)
6. (a) Describe briefly the QPSK transmitter. (8)
(b) Mention the advantages and disadvantages of QPSK. (2)
7. (a) Describe briefly the coherent QPSK receiver. (8)
(b) Mention the applications of QPSK. (2)
8. Describe briefly the transmission and detection of DPSK signal. (10)
9. (a) Write a brief note on GMSK. (5)
(b) Compare the different digital modulation techniques. (5)

UNIT-4
5-mark Questions
1. What is multiplexing? Write the advantages of multiplexing.
2. Write the concept of TDM.
3. Write the concept of FDM.
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC43T Page 10
 4. Explain briefly about of crosstalk and guard time.
5. What is multiple access technique? Name the types.
6. Write a brief note on FDMA.
7. Mention the limitations of FDMA.

10-mark Questions
1. (a) Write briefly about the working principle of T1 carrier system. (6)
(b) Write the advantages and disadvantages of TDM. (4)
2. (a) Describe the working of 4 channel TDM/PAM system. (6)
(b) Describe signaling rate and synchronization. (4)
3. (a) Write briefly about CDMA technique. (6)
8. (b) Write the benefits of CDMA. (4)
4. (a) What is multiplexing? Determine the minimum bandwidth required for
PAM/TDM system in which six different message signals with each signal
bandwidth of 10KHz are to to be multiplexed and transmitted. (5)
(b) Write a brief note on TDMA. (5)

UNIT-5
5-mark Questions
1. Describe briefly about an error and name the types.
2. Describe briefly about single bit error and burst error.
3. Write a brief note on redundancy.
4. Write a brief note on ARQ error control scheme.
5. Describe briefly about forward error detection and correction.
6. Write a brief note on block code.
7. Write a brief note on checksum coding technique.
10-mark Questions
1. (a) Describe parity bit check coding method. (5)
(b) Explain briefly the VRC method of coding. (5)
2. (a) Write a brief note on CRC coding method. (6)
(b) Write the merits demerits and applications of parity bit method. (4)
3. (a) Describe briefly about LRC coding method. (6)
(b) Mention the merits, demerits and applications of checksums method. (4)
4. (a) Describe briefly the convolution encoding operation. (6)
(b) Mention the applications of error control schemes. (4)

UNIT-6
1. What do you mean by transmission media and name the types.
2. Write a brief note on twisted pair cable.
3. Write the merits and demerits of twisted pair cable.
4. Mention the applications of twisted pair cable.
5. Write a brief note co-axial cable.
6. Write the merits, demerits and applications of coaxial cable.
7. Describe the construction of an optical fiber.
8. List the advantages of an optical fiber.
9. Write the applications of optical fiber.
10. Mention the demerits of an optical fiber.
11. Describe briefly about an optical window.
12. Write the merits, demerits and applications of LED.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC43T Page 11

 10-mark Questions
1. (a) Write the principle of light propagation in an optical fiber. (6)
(b) Describe numerical aperture and angle of acceptance. (4)
2. (a) Describe briefly the types of optical fiber configurations. (6)
(b) Write the limitations of an optical fiber. (4)
3. (a) Write a brief note on different types fiber optic connectors. (6)
(b) Write a brief note on splices. (4)
4. (a) Explain briefly the construction of LED. (7)
(b) Compare LED and semiconductor lasers. (3)
5. Describe the block diagram of an optical fiber communication system. (10)
6. (a) Write a brief note on step index and graded index cables. (6)
(b) Write the multimode step-index cable advantages, disadvantages and applications. (4)
7. (a) Write a note on multimode step-index fiber.(5)
(b) Mention the advantages, disadvantages and applications of multimode
step-index fiber. (5)
8. (a)What do you mean fiber losses? Describe briefly the different fiber lossess.(10)
9. Describe briefly about optical couplers and optical switches. (10)
10. (a) Describe briefly the construction of semiconductor LASER. (6)
(b) Mention the merits, demerits and applications of laser diode. (4)

End

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC43T Page 12

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
Course Title : Data Communication and Networking Course Code : 15EC44T
Semester : Fourth Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Credits :4
Type of course : Lecture Total Contact Hours: 52
CIE :25 Marks SEE : 100 Marks

Prerequisites
Basics concepts of communication, digital electronics and computers.
Course Objectives
1. To understand the basic concepts of data communication, layered model, protocols and inter-
working between computer networks and switching components in telecommunication systems.
2. Discuss the nature, uses and implications of internet technology.
3. To understand the functioning of Frame Relay, ATM.
4. An overview of security issues related to data communication in networks.

Course Outcomes
On completion of the course, students will be able to attain the following COs
Linked Teachi
Course Outcome CL
PO ng Hrs
Understand the basics of data communication, 1,2,5,6,7,9,1
CO1 R/U/A 7
networking, internet and their importance. 0

Analyze the services and features of various protocol

CO2 R/U/A 1,2,3,4,9,10 6
layers in data networks.

CO3 Differentiate wired and wireless computer networks R/U/A 1,2,3,9,10 10

CO4 Analyse TCP/IP and their protocols. U/A 1,2,3,9,10 10

Recognize the different internet devices and their

CO5 R/U/A 1,2,3,4,9,10 8
functions.
1,2,3,4,5,7,9
CO6 Identify the basic security threats of a network. R/U/A 7
,10

Total sessions including 4 hrs student activity 52

Legends: PO-Program Outcome, CO-Course Outcome, CL-Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-
Apply

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC44T Page 1

 Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Data
communication 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 -- 3 3
and networking
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Course content and pattern of marks for SEE

Questions
Unit Marks Weightage
Hour For SEE
No Unit Name Weightage (%)
R U A
Introduction to data
1 07 05 05 10 20 15
communication and networks
Networking protocols and
2 07 05 05 10 20 15
OSI model
3 Computer networks 11 05 10 15 30 20
4 TCP/IP 11 05 10 15 30 20
5 Communication protocols 08 05 10 10 20 15
6 Internet devices and protocols 08 05 05 10 25 15
Total 52 30 45 70 145 100
Legend: R- Remember, U-Understand A-Application

Course Content
Unit-1: Introduction to data communication and networks 7 Hours
Data communication-data representation, data flow, components. Definition of node, link,
branch, network, network criteria. Physical structures-types of connection, working of
different network topologies, network configuration and their advantages, concepts and
comparison of LAN, MAN, WAN. Switching - concepts of circuit switching, packet
switching & message switching and their applications.

Unit-2: Networking protocols and OSI model 7 Hours

Protocol layering-Scenarios, principles. Logical connection-connection oriented and
connection less. Protocols in computer communications, OSI reference model - functions of
all layers. Data link control- concept of framing, flow control and error control.MAC
protocol- addressing mechanism. Concept of encapsulation and decapsulation.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC44T Page 2

Unit-3: Computer Networks 11 Hours
Local area network-wired LANs features and classification. Ethernet- properties, frame
format (IEEE 802.3), addressing, simple problems on addressing .virtual LAN- working,
advantages. Access method–CSMA/CD. Token passing LANS- properties, token bus
maintenance and working. Token ring properties, mechanism. FDDI –operation, self healing,
Wireless LANS - features, Bluetooth architecture (IEEE 802.15). Basic concepts of
WIMAX, cellular telephony, satellite networks.

Unit-4: TCP/IP 11 Hours

TCP/IP-Model, protocols layers, INTERNET Address, logical address, Physical address,

UDP/IP Datagram Format, classes of IP address, Dotted Decimal notation of IP address,
basics of IPv4 and IPv6,simple problems on addressing. Address mapping –static mapping,
dynamic mapping. ARP- need, methods, need of RARP and ICMP. Definition of
fragmentation and reassembly. Features of TCP, relationship between TCP and IP.

Unit-5: Communication protocols 8 Hours

Concepts of Ports and Sockets. Domain Name System (DNS) -name system, name space,
working of DNS server. Email- architecture, protocols, advantages of IMAP. Basics of FTP,
FTP Connections - Control and Data transfer Connection. Frame relay- Need, Working of
frame relay, ATM- Architecture, characteristics.

Unit-6: Internet devices and protocols 8 Hours

Internetworking-need and concept. Connecting Devices-discussion on Routers, switches,

repeaters, Bridges, Switches and Gateways. Ways of accessing the internet- Dial-up access,
SLIP, PPP, leased lines, DSL basics, internet access by cable. Modems-basics, types,
operation, applications. Network security-basics of threats and fire wall.

References
1. Data Communications and Networks- 2nd edition -Achyut S Godbole- and Atul Kahate
Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Data Communications & Networking – 5th Edition- B A Forouzan- Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. Computer Networks- 4th Edition- Andrew S Tanenbaum- Pearson-Prentice Hall
4. Computer Networking - James F. Kurose & Keith W. Ross- PEARSON
5. Computer Communications and Networking Technologies - Michael A. Gallo & William
M. Hancock- BROOKS&COLE
6. Computer Networks and Internets -Douglas E. Comer- PEARSON.
7. Data and Computer Communications- Eighth Edition- William Stallings- Pearson
Education.
8. Refer the course contents at NPTEL website of IIT Khargapur of course- Communication
Networks and Switching.
9. Network Security Bible, 2nd edition, Eric Cole, Wiley Publishers.
10. Data communication and networks –James Irvine and David Harley- Publishers: Wiley
India.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC44T Page 3

 Course Delivery
The course will be delivered through lectures, presentations and support of modern tools.
Activities are off-class.
Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme

Master Scheme

Assessment
Assessment To mode Max. Evidence
What Course Outcomes
Method Whom /Frequency Marks Collected
/timing
Three tests+ 20 Blue Books 1 to 6
CIE IA Activity
Activity* 05 1 to 6
Sheets
End of the Answer Scripts
End 100 1 to 6
SEE course at BTE
exam
Total 125
Student
Middle of Feedback 1 to 3
feedback on Nil
the Course Forms Delivery of course
course
1 to 6
End of Effectiveness of
End of the Question-
course Nil delivery instructions
Course naires
survey & assessment
methods
Legends: CIE-Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE- Semester End-exam Evaluation
+
Every I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average of three tests, by rounding off any fractional
part thereof to next higher integer, shall be considered for IA.
*Students should do activity as per the list of suggested activities/ similar activities with prior approval
of the teacher. Activity process must be initiated well in advance so that it can be completed well
before the end of the term.

Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various CLs as per the weightage
shown in the following table.
Sl. No. Cognitive Levels (CL) Weightage (%)
1 Remembering 20
2 Understanding 30
3 Applying 50
Total 100
Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) pattern
(i) Student Activity (5 marks)
The following student activities or similar activities can be assigned for assessing CIE/IA
marks

Sl. No. Activity

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC44T Page 4

 1 Prepare a report on the Components of Network used in Computer Lab or
browsing centre or cellular network stations.
2 Prepare a report on ISDN or web applications.
3 Make a hand-written report on applications on internet devices that are observed
in your surroundings.
4 Prepare a report on various standards organization of data communication and
networking.
Execution Mode
1. Maximum of 4 students in each batch and one activity per batch.
2. All the above activities need to be distributed evenly to the students.
3. Write qualitative report of 4-6 pages; one report per batch.
4. Activities can be carried out off-class; demonstrations/presentations can be in lab sessions.
5. Teacher is expected to observe and record the progress of students’ activities
6. Assessment shall be made based on quality of activity in accordance with the following rubrics
table

(ii) Model of rubrics for assessing student activity

Scale
Marks
Dimension 1 2 3 4 5
(Example)
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
Collects a
Collects Collects Collects
1. Research Does not great deals
very limited basic more
and collect of
information, information, information, 3
gathering information information,
some relate most refer to most refer
information relate to topic all refer to
to topic the topic to the topic
the topic
Does not
Performs all
2. Full-fills perform any Performs Performs Performs
duties of
team roles duties assigned very little nearly all almost all 2
assigned
and duties to the team duties duties duties
team roles
role
Usually Always Always does
Rarely does
does the does the the assigned
3. Shares Always relies the assigned
assigned assigned work,
work on others to do work, often 5
work, rarely work, rarely without
equality the work needs
needs needs needing
reminding
reminding reminding. reminding
Usually
does most
Is always of the Listens, but Listens and
4. Listen to Listens and
talking, never talking, sometimes talks a little
other team talks a fare 3
allows anyone rarely talk too more than
mates amount
to else to speak allows much, needed.
others to
speak
ceil(13/4)=
Total marks
4
(iii) CIE/IA Tests (20 Marks)
Three tests have to be conducted, during specified schedule, in accordance with the test
pattern given below and their average-marks shall be considered for CIE/IA.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC44T Page 5

 (iv) Format of CIE/IA test question paper
CIE Question Paper
Institution Name and Code
Course Co-ordinator/Teacher
Program Name Test No. Units
Class/Sem Date CL
Course Name Time COs
Course Code Max. Marks POs
Note to students: Answer all questions
Question No. Question Marks CL CO PO
1
2
3
4
Legends: PO-Program Outcome, CO-Course outcome, CL-Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Apply
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

(v) Model question paper for CIE

CIE Question Paper
Institution Name and
Code
Course Co-
ordinator/Teacher
Program Name Electronics and Communication Test No. 1 Units 1&2
Class/Sem 4th Sem Date 1/1/2017 CL R/U/A
Data Communication and
Course Name Time 10-11AM COs 1&2
Networking
Course Code 15EC44T Max. Marks 20 POs 1, 2 & 3
Note to students: Answer all questions
No. Question Marks CL CO PO
1 05 U/A 1 1,2,3
Define network. explain the parameters to meet network criteria

List the characteristics that data communication system depends 05 R/A 1 1,2
2
upon.
3 Discuss the principles of protocol layering.
05 R 2 1,2

Explain different layers and their roles in protocols of computer 05 A 2 1,2

4
communication.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC44T Page 6

 Semester end-exam evaluation (SEE)
(i) End-exam question-paper pattern
.Unit Study No. Questions for End-exam
No. Unit Name Duration 5 marks 10 marks
(Hrs.) Part - A Part - B
Introduction To Data
1 Communication And Networks 07 01 01
Networking Protocols And OSI
2 07 02 01
Model
3 Computer Networks 11 02 02
4 TCP/IP 11 02 02
5 Communication protocols 08 01 02
Internetworking devices and
6 08 01 02
Internet
09 10
Total 52
(45 Marks) (100 Marks)

(ii) Model question paper

Course Title : Data Communication and Networking
Course Code : 15EC44T Time : 3 Hrs
Semester : Fourth Max. Marks: 100
Instructions: 1. Answer any SIX question from Part A (5x6=30 Marks)
2. Answer any SEVEN full questions from Part B (7x10=70 Marks)

Part A
1. Name the basic network topologies and cite an advantage of each type.
2. Explain MAC addressing mechanism
3. Show how the address 47:20:1B:2E:08:EE is sent out online.
4. List the features of wireless LANs?
5. Define mapping. Explain static mapping and dynamic mapping. (5 )
6. Differentiate between port and socket.
7. Define address resolution .explain the different methods for obtaining the physical
address based on IP address.
8. Draw a conceptual view of Internet domain name space.
9. Discuss the motives for internetworking.

Part B
1. a) Explain the components of data communication system.
b) Name are the factors that determine whether the communication system is LAN or
WAN? .
2. Explain the different layers in OSI model.
3. a) Explain the need of protocol layering.
b) Differentiate between encapsulation and decapsulation.
4. a)Compare static and dynamic LANs? Why are static LANs not as popular as dynamic
LANs?
b) Define and explain CSMA/CD.
5. a) Describe the main fields in Ethernet frame header.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC44T Page 7

 b) Explain why FDDI is called a self healing type of network?
6. a) Explain the mapping of TCP/IP protocols with the OSI model.(7)
b) Explain the need of ICMP.
7 .a) Explain the features of TCP.
b) Compare ARP and RARP.
8. a) Explain the working of DNS server.(7)
b) Explain the need for additional suffixes such as com, edu and gov?
9. Define spooling .discuss email architecture in brief along with its main components.
10.a)Describe how does router facilitate interconnection between two or more networks.
b) Discuss the external and internal threats.

Institutional Activities
The following are suggested institutional activities, to be carried out at least one during the
semester. The course teacher/coordinator is expected to maintain the relevant record
(Containing, Activity name, Resource persons and their details, duration, venue, student
feedback, etc) pertaining to Institutional activities.

Sl.
Activity
No.
1 Organize Seminar, workshop or Lecture from experts on the modern trends in
data communications and networking or modern network tools
2 Organize software workshop from experts on wire shark and analyse TCP/IP.

Model Question Bank

Note: The questions in the question bank are indicative but not exhaustive. Sub-questions on different
CLs may be combined to frame 10-marks questions or 10-marks questions given here can be splitted
into 5-marks questions if necessary keeping weightage of CLs approximately intact and adhering to
SEE end-exam pattern.

Unit-1: Introduction to Data Communication and Networks

05 Marks
Remember
1. Name the basic network topologies and cite an advantage of each type.
2. List the characteristics that data communication system depends upon.
3. List the classification of standards organizations.

Understand
1. Define network .explain the parameters to meet network criteria
2. Define switching ,node, branch
3. Write a short note on standards.

Application
1. Compare LAN, WAN and MAN.
2. Differentiate between LAN and WAN.
3. List advantages of multi point connection over point to point one.
4. List are the factors that determine whether the a communication system is LAN or
WAN?
5. Differentiate between ring and bus topology.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC44T Page 8

 10 Marks
Understand
1. Briefly explain different forms of data.
2. Explain the different network topologies.
3. Explain the components of data communication system.
4. Explain the different switching techniques.

UNIT-2: Networking protocols and OSI model

05 Marks
Remember
1. Define frame. Write a note on error control and flow control.
Understand
1. Explain the need of protocol layering.
2. Explain MAC addressing mechanism.
3. Discuss the principles of protocol layering.
4. Differentiate between connection oriented and connection less.

Application
1. Discuss the role of network layer in OSI model.

10 Marks
Understand
1. Explain the different layers in OSI model.
2. Explain different layers and their roles in protocols of computer communication.
3. Explain the role played by presentation layer in handling data.
4. Differentiate between Encapsulation and encapsulation.

UNIT-3: Computer Networks

05 Marks
Remember
1. List the advantages of virtual LANs.
2. List the applications of satellite networks.
3. List the features of wireless LANs?
Understand
1. Write a note on WIMAX.
2. Explain the difference between a fixed WIMAX and mobile WIMAX.
3. Compare static and dynamic LANs

Application
1. Discuss the properties of Ethernet network.
2. Describe the purpose of transceiver and network interface card.
3. Show how the address 47:20:1B:2E:08:EE is sent out online.
4. Explain why are static LANs not as popular as dynamic LANs?
5. FDDI is called a self healing type of network, justify.
6. Write the hex decimal equivalent of the following address?
01011010 10000001 01010101 00010001 10101010 00011111

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC44T Page 9

 10 Marks
Understand
1. Explain the block diagram of cellular system.
2. Explain the architecture of Bluetooth
3. Describe the working of CSMA/CD
4. Explain the working of virtual LAN.
Application
1. Describe the main fields in Ethernet frame header.
1. Explain the working of a Token ring network. Demonstrate how is it different from
Ethernet?

UNIT-4 TCP/IP
05 Marks
Remember
1. Define mapping. Explain static mapping and dynamic mapping.
2. Define address resolution .explain the different methods for obtaining the physical
address based on IP address.

Understand
1. Explain how an IP address is designed to a host.
2. Explain the need of ICMP.
3. Explain fragmentation.
4. Compare ARP and RARP.
5. Differentiate between IPv4and IPv6.
6. Differentiate between TCP and UDP.
7. Differentiate between port and socket.
Application
1. Discuss the idea of port.
2. Describe the various fields in the IP datagram header.
3. Describe the three parts of an IP address.
4. Explain the purpose of Dotted Decimal notation of IP address.
5. Briefly discuss when to use TCP and when to use UDP.

10 Marks
Understand
1. Explain layered model of TCP/IP.
2. Explain the mapping of TCP/IP protocols with the OSI model.
3. Explain the features of TCP.
Application
1. Describe the various fields in UDP format.
2. Describe the various fields in TCP format.

UNIT-5 Communication protocols

05 Marks
Remember
1. Name the ATM layer and their functions.
2. Draw a conceptual view of Internet domain name space.
3. Define DNS and describe why it is required?

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC44T Page 10

Understand
1. Explain the significance of a DNS server.
2. Differentiate IMAP with POP.
3. Explain the need of frame relay network.
Application
1. Discuss the FTP connection mechanism between the client and the server.
2. Discuss POP and SMTP.
3. Explain the need for additional suffixes such as com, edu and gov?
4. What is the purpose of FTP?
5. What are the specific purposes of the control connection?
6. Describe the characteristics of ATM.

10 Marks
Remember
1. Define spooling .discuss email architecture in brief along with its main components.
Understand
1. Explain the working of DNS server.
2. Briefly explain the working of frame relay .

UNIT-6 Internetworking devices and internet

05 Marks

Remember
Understand
1. Explain universal service
2. Explain how does router facilitate interconnection between two or more networks
3. Explain is bridge and its functions
4. Explain working of router
5. Explain the working a gateway work
6. Compare SLIP and PPP with definitions
7. Explain leased line and its purposes
8. Explain firewall.
Application
1. Discuss the motives for internetworking.
2. Summarize of internetworking devices.
10 Marks
Application
1. Discuss the different type’s modems.
2. Discuss the external and internal threats.

End

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC44T Page 11

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bangalore

Course Title: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES

Course Code:
Scheme (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 Total Contact Hours: 78
15EC45P
Type of Course: Assignment Core/ Elective:
Credit :03
Group talk and practice Core(practice)
Prerequisites: Enthusiasm to Explore New things by taking individual tasks and acquires
skills from participating in group activities.

Course Objectives:

Overall professional development of diploma in Electronics & Communication

engineering is the need of the day for enabling them to sustain in competitive global
environment. Professional development of Diploma engineering students is to be done by
exposing them to various simulative situations in the industries. This can be achieved by
inculcating attitude to face the problems, get alternative solutions and validation of the
selected alternatives. This is achieved by involving students in activities such as inviting
experts from various industries for sharing their experiences, arranging industrial visits,
seminars etc.

On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:

Course Outcome

CO1 Ability to acquire knowledge of contemporary issues and relate the advancements in
Electronics & Communication engineering domain in a global, economic,
environmental, and societal context.
CO2 Aware of current Electronics & Communication engineering professional practice
issues and have an appreciation of the broader, global, societal, economic and
environmental aspects.
CO3 Analyze the current situations, discuss & disseminate about advancements in related
profession including societal, environmental and ethical responsibilities of an engineer.
CO4 Develop individual confidence to handle various engineering assignments and expose
themselves to acquire life skills to meet societal challenges
CO5 Enhancing the employability skills and to increase his ability to engage in, life-long
learning, Usage of modern tools by undergoing industrial visits

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC45P Page 1

 Activities Linked Teachi
Course Outcome CL linked PO ng Hrs
Ability to acquire knowledge of
contemporary issues and relate the
CO1 advancements in Electronics & 1,2,4,5,6,7 15
R/U/A UNIT-1 ,8,9,10
Communication engineering domain in a
global, economic, environmental, and
societal context.
Aware of current Electronics &
Communication engineering professional
CO2 1,2,4,5,6,7
practice issues and has an appreciation of R/U/A UNIT-2 15
,8,9,10
the broader in global, societal, economic,
and environmental aspects.
Analyze the current situations, discuss &
CO3 disseminate about advancements in related 1,2,4,5,6,7
R/U/A UNIT-3 15
profession including societal, environmental ,8,9,10
and ethical responsibilities of an engineer.
Develop individual confidence to handle
CO4 various engineering assignments and 1,2,4,5,6,7 15
R/U/A UNIT-4
expose themselves to acquire life skills to ,8,9,10
meet societal challenges
Enhancing the employability skills and to
CO5 increase his ability to engage in, life-long 1,2,4,5,6,7 18
R/U/A UNIT-5
learning, Usage of modern tools by ,8,9,10
undergoing industrial visits
Total sessions 78

COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PROFESSIONAL
3 3 -- 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
PRACTICES

Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.

Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC45P Page 2

UNIT-1. Information Search and Data collection: 15HRS
Information search can be done through manufacturer’s catalogue, websites, magazines;
books etc. Following topics are suggested.
ÿ 3G & 4G mobile communications.
ÿ LTE (Long-Term Evolution) Technology
ÿ WCDMA
ÿ Wi-fi
ÿ Hi-hi
ÿ Blue-Ray Technology
ÿ E-waste disposal
ÿ VOIP
ÿ Artificial Intelligence
ÿ Data Compression Techniques
ÿ Hi Speed Networks
ÿ Embedded Systems
ÿ Ipod and Ipad
ÿ Biometric Systems
ÿ PCB designing using softwares
ÿ Free and Open Source Softwares (FOSS)
ÿ Laser Applications
ÿ Automotive Electronics
ÿ Surface Mount Technology.
ÿ RTOS
ÿ Quality Certification Standards
ÿ Pen PC
ÿ CCD cameras
ÿ Thermal Imaging

Note: topic may be any other advanced technology.

Method for conducting Graded activities

1. The student should individually select the topic, and search the information related to
topic.
2. The report is strictly hand written document to have knowledge of precise writing
and report making based on data collection
3. Carry out class room presentation.

UNIT-2. Guest Lecturers: To be organized from any two of the following areas 15 HRS

Experts / Professionals from different field/industries are invited to deliver lectures at least
TWO sessions in a semester. The topics may be selected by the teacher /industry expert to
develop required skills.
Note1: The ISTE student chapter/CCTEK/ Institute of engineers (Institute chapter)/ student
clubs of polytechnic may be used as platform to conduct this activity.

1. Pollution control.
2. E-Waste management.
3. Fire Fighting / Safety Precautions and First aids.
4. Computer Networking and Security.
5. Career opportunities,
6. Yoga Meditation,
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC45P Page 3
 7. Aids awareness and health awareness.
8. Safety Engineering and Waste elimination.
9. Interview Techniques.
10. Programmable logic controllers.
11. Cloud computing.
12. Safety awareness on driving.
13. Program on Personality development.
14. Career guidance program
Note2: Topic may be chosen from the above or any relevant. However the decision of
Program co-ordinator is final.

Method for conducting Guest lectures

1. The teacher/ISTE student chapter convener should fix up the date for guest lecture.
2. The HOD of the department should chair the event.
3. The students of class allowed participating in the session.
4. Watch the talk and make the brief hand written report on the guest lecture delivered
by each student as a part of Term work.
5. Make Audio/visual record of the guest lecture by using any smart devices.
6. Opportunity should be provided for students for live Interaction with experts and
record it on any one smart device.

UNIT-3. Group Discussion: (One topic) 15HRS

The students shall discuss in group of six students .Some of the suggested topics are
1. Polythene bags must be banned!
2. Do we really need smart cities?
3. E – Books or Printed books – what's your choice?
4. Is Face book for the attention – seeking and lazy people?
5. Globalization and its impact on Indian Culture.
6. Analytically evaluate the solutions to traffic problems
7. Global warming is caused more by developed countries
8. Rain forests help in maintaining the earth’s ecosystem
9. Reservation for women would help the society
10. How to deal with terrorism
11. Water resources should be nationalized
12. Daughters are more caring than sons
13. NGOs - Do they serve people's interests?
14. Managers are born, not trained
15. Managerial skills learnt in the classroom
16. Women are good managers
17. India's growth rate is bridging gap between rich and poor.
18. Nuclear power is a safe source of energy
19. Electronic media vs. print media
20. Corruption is the price we pay for democracy
21. Multinational corporations: Are they devils in disguise?
22. Advertising is a waste of resources.
23. Privatization will lead to less corruption.
24. China market - a threat to Indian market
25. Technology Creates Income Disparities

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC45P Page 4

 26. India should be reorganized into smaller states.
27. Rising petrol prices - Govt. can control?
28. Smaller businesses and start-ups have more scope
29. Developing countries need trade, not aid.
30. Business and Ethics do not go together
31. Performance based bonuses for government employees should be welcomed
32. Depreciation of Indian Rupee has only negative impact on the economy
33. Gold: Best investment or a bursting bubble?
34. Freedom of press should exist
35. India needs a strong dictator
36. Media is a mixed blessing/How ethical is media?
37. Computer viruses are good
38. India should practice "Swadeshi"
39. The government should stop funding IIT's and IIM's
40. Food Bill - Is it really something India needs?
41. Will India really be the superpower of 21st century?
42. Quality is a myth in India.
43. China - A threat to India?
44. Indian villages - our strength or our weakness?
45. Mobile phones - requirement of the day.
46. Cursing the weather is bad farming
47. If you want peace, prepare for war
48. Education is a progressive way of discovering your ignorance.
49. Beauty contests degrade womanhood
50. If you are not a part of the solution, you are part of the problem
51. Examinations - has it killed education?
52. The medium of teaching in schools should be English
53. A room without books is like a body without soul.
54. Educated Indians lack national commitment.
55. E-Learning is good for the education system and society

Methodology for conducting Group discussion/Seminar

1. The teacher will allot a topic for a group of six students
2. The teacher should give an introductory talk on Ways and rules to carry out group
discussion
3. The students should ask to show interest with others and work effectively with them
to meet common objective. The teacher should provide tips to accept feedback in a
constructive and considerate way and how to handle frustrations in group, while
discussion.
4. The placement officer and any other senior faculty of the institute/ HOD of other
department should be invited and they should act as observing members, apart from
teacher
5. The teacher should fix up the time duration for initiating and conducting the activity

Documentation to be produced for validation

∑ Hand written document on minutes of discussion, description of the topic discussed
∑ Record the few minutes of discussion by smart device

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC45P Page 5

UNIT-4. Individual Assignments and Life skills 15HRS
The students will perform ANY ONE of the following activities individually (other similar
activities may be considered) in both the sections.
A. Individual assignments
1. Suggest individual activities or encourage students to take up desired activity.
B. Life skills
1. Conduct aptitude, general knowledge test, IQ test, Solve Puzzles.
2. Set the goal for personal development.
3. Develop good habits to overcome stress.

Methodology for conducting activity

1. The teacher will assign a topic for individual student; give sufficient time to complete
the task. Ask the student to submit an hand written report.
2. The teacher should conduct any one specified life skill activity with local NGO/
placement cell/ISTE student chapter/CCTEK/ NSS unit of the institute. The student
should present his/her experiences in a class and make report.

UNIT-5. Industrial Visits 18 HRS

Structured industrial visits be arranged and report of the same shall be submitted by the individual
student, to form a part of the term work. Following are the suggested types of Industries/ Fields.
Note: One Industrial visit is arranged per practical batch of students.
Methodology

1. The subject teacher(s) have liberty to select nearby organization/industry of local vicinity
with prior approval of principal of the institute
2. Arrange the nearby visit and Prepare a word processing report of the visit including
details observations made, Details of visit should be mentioned with date , place etc

Course Delivery:
The course will be delivered through discussions and activities

Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:

When/Where
Max Evidence Course
What To whom (Frequency in
Marks collected outcomes
the course)
Each activities
CIE IA 25 Report 1,2,3,4,5
@5 marks each
Students
End of the Answer scripts
50 1,2,3,4,5
course at BTE
Student Feedback Middle of the 1,2,3 Delivery
nil Feedback forms
on course course of course
1,2,3,4,5
Effectiveness
Students
End of Course End of the of Delivery of
nil Questionnaires
Survey course instructions &
Assessment
Methods

Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Student activities.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC45P Page 6

 ∑ MODEL OF RUBRICS /CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY

RUBRICS MODEL

RUBRICS FOR ACTIVITY( 5 Marks)

Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary Student

Dimension
Score
1 2 3 4 5
Collects very Collect much Collects Collects a Ex:
Does not collect
limited information; some basic great deal of
Collection any information
information; but very information; information; 4
of data relating to the
some relate to limited relate most refer to all refer to
topic
the topic to the topic the topic the topic
Does not perform Performs all
Fulfill Performs very Performs
any duties Performs very duties of
team’s roles little duties but nearly all 5
assigned to the little duties assigned
& duties unreliable. duties
team role team roles

Rarely does Usually does Always does

Normally
Shares Always relies on the assigned the assigned the assigned 3
does the
work others to do the work; often work; rarely work without
assigned
equally work needs needs having to be
work
reminding reminding reminded.

Usually does Talks good;

Is always talking; Listens, but
Listen to most of the but never Listens and 2
never allows sometimes
other Team talking; rarely show interest speaks a fair
anyone else to talk too
mates allows others in listening amount
speak much
to speak others

Average / Total marks=(4+5+3+2)/4=14/4=3.5=4

Note: This is only an example. Appropriate rubrics/criteria may be devised by
the concerned faculty (Course Coordinator) for assessing the given activity.

Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Student activities report for 25 marks
2. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions &
Assessment Methods.
For end examination:
1. Note for examiners : The records of the activities should be preserved in the
department for minimum three years and the examiner should verify these records to
prevent duplication of the activity.

Scheme of Valuation for End Examination

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC45P Page 7
 Serial no Description Marks

1 Report on Information Search and Data collection 10

2 Document on Guest Lecturer by experts 10

3 Recording of Group discussions made by any smart devices 10

4 Report on Individual assignment/ Life skill activity recorded 10

5 Report on Industrial visit 10

TOTAL 50

MODEL QUESTION PAPER

4TH - Semester E&CE Diploma Examination
Course Title: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES

Time: 3 Hours] [Max Marks: 50

1. Write brief note on information searched and data collected activity 10marks
2. Give brief explanation about knowledge acquired by you during
the guest lecture 10 marks
3. Write the conclusion of the topic given for the group discussion 10 marks
4. Write brief note on individual assignment performed and
information gathered and data collected activity 10marks
5. Write the sequence of processing followed in the industry/work shop
You have visited 10 marks

Note: The marks should be awarded on the basis of Reports/Documents submitted by the
student.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC45P Page 8

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru

Course Title : Microcontroller Lab Course Code : 15EC46P

Credits : 3 Credits Semester :4
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 Course Group : Core
Type of course : Tutorial + Practical Total Contact Hours : 78
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 50 Marks

Prerequisites
Knowledge of instruction set of 8051 and exposure to C programming language
Course Objectives
Imparting on hands on exposure to the students in the usage of development tools and to make
them proficient in building 8051 based applications.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to obtain the following COs
Experiments Teaching
Course Outcome CL Linked PO
linked Hrs
Select and use a standard IDE for
editing, compiling, debugging and Unit -1,
CO1 R/U/A 1,2,4,10 06
simulation of ALP/C programs Program 1
(program development).
Adjudicate the right usage of
Unit -1,
CO2 assembly language instructions and U/A 1,2,3,4,10 33
Program 2 to 10
Embedded C features.
Unit -1,
Write programs for simple I/O, delay
CO3 U/A Program 11 to 1,2,3,4,10 24
generation and standard interfaces. 16
Adapt the existing code for
Unit-2/ 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,
CO4 development of simple real-world U/A 09
Project activity 10
applications-student activity
Total sessions include two tests 78

Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Microcontroller Lab 3 3 3 3 1 -- -- 1 1 3

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC46P Page 1

 Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Course Contents

Unit-1: Tutorials and Graded Exercises 69 Hours

Sl. Duration
Topic/Exercises
No. (Hr)
Practicing Exercise
1 Identification of program development tools and familiarization of program 6
development using such tools.
Basic experiments (Use ALP and embedded C on simulators or kits)
2 Data movement: (a) Move a block of data within internal RAM 3
(b) Exchange a block of data between internal RAM and external memory
3 Arithmetic operations: (a) Evaluate simple arithmetic expression such as 3
y= (((5*2)-(4+1))/3) %2.
(b) Addition of three 8-bit BCD numbers to result in BCD form.
4 Logical operations: (a) Evaluate simple logical expression such as 6
Y= a&&b||c^!d where a, b, c and d are 8-bit data
(b) Rotation or shift operations on 16-bit data
(c) Convert data to even-parity in a block of internal RAM
5 Code conversions 6
(a) Packed BCD to unpacked BCD and vice-versa
(b) BCD to binary and vice-versa
(b) BCD to ASCII and vice-versa
6 Program to search a given 8-bit number in an array of N numbers 3

7 Program to sort N 8-bit numbers. 3

Program to count the number of ones and zeros in the data saved in two 3
8
consecutive memory locations
9 Program to clear all the bytes (stored in internal RAM) which have odd-parity 3
Program to toggle a particular bit in the internal RAM with the delay of N ms 3
10
given the clock frequency f MHz with the use of delay subroutine.
Interfacing experiments (using embedded C and microcontroller boards)
11 Program to toggle the LED with tone using push-button switch. 3
Program to display the value of analog voltage interfacing ADC or any digit 3
12
pressed in an hex-key pad on LCD display
13 Program to control direction and speed of a stepper motor. 3

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC46P Page 2

 Program to generate DTMF telephone tones; use push-button switch to trigger 6
14
the tone.
15 Program to generate sine, rectangular and triangular wave-forms. 6

16 Program to control traffic lights. 3

Two Internal Assessment Tests 6

Total 69

Unit – 2: Project/Student Activities [CIE- 05 Marks] 9 Hours

Sl. Duration
Activity
No. (Hrs)
Three open-ended experiments of assembly language programs/embedded C
1 other than programs 2 to 10 mentioned above are to be assigned by the 09
teacher (Student is expected to solve and execute/simulate independently).

References
1. The 8051 Microcontroller & Embedded systems using assembly and C (2ndEdition)
–M.A.Mazidi , J.C. Mazidi & R.D.McKinlay ISBN: 81-317-1026-2
2. The 8051 Microcontroller(4th Edition)- MacKenzie , ISBN:81-317-2018-7
3. The 8051 Microcontroller(1st Edition) – Dr.Uma Rao & Andhe Paallavi, ISBN: 81-317-3252-5
4. Microcontrollers & applications, Ramani Kalpathi, & Ganesh Raja , ISBN: 81-888-4918-9
5. Embedded C - Michael .J.Pont - Pearson Education -2002 ISBN 0 201 79523 X
Course Delivery
The course will be normally delivered through two-hour tutorials and four-hour hands-on practice
per week; hands-on practice shall include basic experiments and interfacing exercises. Normally,
one-hour tutorial followed by two-hour hands-on practice is recommended in each class. Tutorial
shall be imparted before the conduction of the experiment. However, activities are carried-out off
class and demonstration/presentation can be in lab sessions.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC46P Page 3

Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme
Master Scheme
Assessment
Assessment What To mode Max. Evidence Course Outcomes
Method Whom /Frequency Marks Collected
/timing
Two tests+ 10 Blue Books 1 to 4
CIE IA Record@ 10 Record Book 1 to 4
Activity* 05 Report/Sheets 1 to 4
End of the Answer Scripts at
End 50 1 to 4
SEE course BTE
exam
Total 75
Student
Middle of the 1 to 2
feedback on Nil Feedback Forms
Course Delivery of course
course
1 to 4
End of Effectiveness of
End of the
course Nil Questionnaires delivery instructions
Course
survey & assessment
methods

Legends: CIE-Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE- Semester End-exam Evaluation

+
Every I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However, scored marks will be scaled
down to 10. Average of two tests, by rounding off any fractional part thereof to next higher integer,
shall be considered for IA.
*Students should do activity as per the list of suggested activities/ similar activities with prior approval of
the teacher. Activity process must be initiated well in advance so that it can be completed well before
the end of the term.
@
Record Writing: Average of marks allotted for all experiments shall be considered; fractional part of
average shall be rounded-off to next higher integer.

Composition of CLs
Sl. No. Cognitive Levels (CL) Weightage (%)
1 Remembering 20
2 Understanding 30
3 Applying 50
Total 100

Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) pattern

(i) Student Activity (5 marks)
The student activities in Unit-2 or similar activities can be assigned
Execution Notes:
1. Every batch of two students is assigned three open-ended programs by the teacher; students can also choose
any other similar /relevant programs with prior approval from the concerned teacher.
2. Teacher is expected to observe and record the progress of students’ activities
3. Assessment is made based on quality of work as prescribed by the following rubrics table

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC46P Page 4

(ii) Model of rubrics for assessing student activity (for every student)
Scale
Marks
Dimension 1 2 3 4 5
(Example)
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
Collects Collects Collects a
1. Research Does not Collects more
very limited basic great deals of
and collect information,
information, information, information, 3
gathering information most refer to
some relate most refer to all refer to the
information relate to topic the topic
to topic the topic topic
Does not
Performs all
2. Full-fills perform any Performs Performs Performs
duties of
team roles duties assigned very little nearly all almost all 2
assigned team
and duties to the team duties duties duties
roles
role
Usually
Rarely does Always does Always does
does the
3. Shares Always relies the assigned the assigned the assigned
assigned
work on others to do work, often work, rarely work, without 5
work, rarely
equality the work needs needs needing
needs
reminding reminding. reminding
reminding
Usually
does most of
Is always Listens, but Listens and
4. Listen to the talking, Listens and
talking, never sometimes talks a little
other team rarely talks a fare 3
allows anyone talk too more than
mates allows amount
to else to speak much, needed.
others to
speak
Total marks ceil(13/4)= 4
(iii) CIE/IA Tests (10 Marks)
Two tests shall be conducted in accordance with SEE pattern and the marks shall be scaled down to
10. Average of two tests, rounding-off any fractional part thereof to next higher integer, shall be
considered for CIE/IA.
(iv) Record Evaluation (10 Marks)
Every experiment shall be given marks, in the scale of 10, after its conduction based on student’s
performance and quality of write-up. Average of them, by rounding-off any fractional part thereof to
next higher integer, shall be considered for CIE/IA.
Semester End-exam Evaluation (SEE) Scheme

Sl. Scheme Max.

No. Marks
1 Writing program for one basic experiment 05
2 Writing algorithm (20% weightage) and program (80% weightage)
15
for one interfacing experiment
3 Execution/Simulation of the basic experiment program assigned in 1 10
4 Execution/Implementation of the interfacing program assigned in 2 10
5 Viva-voce 10
Total 50
Note:

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC46P Page 5

 1. Candidate is expected submit the laboratory record during examination.
2. Student shall be allowed to execute the program even if she/he unable to write the algorithm or
procedure or steps

End

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC46P Page 6

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
Course Title: DIGITAL COMMUNICATION &
Course Code : 15EC47P
NETWORKING LAB
Semester : Fourth Credits :4
Teaching Scheme in Hr. (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 Course Group : Core
Type of course : Tutorial + Practical Total Contact Hours : 78
CIE : 25 Marks SEE :50 Marks

Prerequisites
Basic Knowledge of analog communication, digital electronics, digital communication and data
communication networks.
Course Objectives
Understand, analyze and evaluate the working/operation of digital communication and networking
elements and applications.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain the following COs
Experiments Teaching
Course Outcome CL linked
Linked PO
Hrs
CO1 Understand and analyze sampling, 06
U/A Unit-1: E1-2 1,2,3,4,
multiplexing.
CO2 Analyze digital modulation and
R/U/A Unit-1: E3-7 1,2,3,4 21
demodulation techniques.

CO3 Demonstrate OFC characteristics &

R/U/A Unit-1: E8-9 1,2,3,4,6,7,9,10 06
applications.

CO4 Install and test computer networking 24

U/A Unit-1: E10-15 1,2,3,4,78,9,10
and sharing of resources.

CO5 Setup Internet using modem, PSTN 06

U/A Unit -1: E16 1,2,3,4,8,9,10

CO6 Student Project Activities 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8, 09

U/A Unit -2
9,10
Two IA/CIE Tests 06
Total 78
.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC47P Page 1

 Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Digital Communication
3 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 3
& Networking Lab
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Course Contents

Unit-1: Tutorials and Graded Exercises 69 Hours

Sl. Duration
Topic/Exercises
No. (Hr)
Part-A: Digital Communication Experiments
1 Prove sampling theorem for low-pass signals. 3
2 Conduct an experiment to study the effect of aliasing 3
3 Perform an experiment to study Pulse Code Modulation and Demodulation. 3
4 Generation of Delta modulated signal and adaptive delta modulation signal 6
5 Generation and detect of BASK signal. 3
6 Generation and detect of BFSK signal 3
7 Perform an experiment to generate and detect BPSK signal using trainer 6
kit.
8 Demonstrate TDM using Fiber Communication System. 3
9 Demonstrate PC to PC communication using Fiber Optic Digital Link. 3

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC47P Page 2

 Part-B: Data Communication and Networking experiments
10 Exercise on crimping Network Cable & Testing using Cable Tester 6
11 Configuration of TCP/IP Protocols settings in Windows or Linux. 3
12 Install a peer to peer network and test with Net meeting. 3
13 Install a network between 3 or more computers using network switch and 3
test for sharing resources
14 Establish LAN between Linux & Windows Systems & Share Printer 3
15 Install a Wireless network using Access Point and Wireless Network card 6
between 3 or more computers and Test by Sharing a Printer
16 Setup Internet using modem, PSTN Line/WLL/Broad Band and Internet 6
account share internet through LAN
Two Internal Assessment Tests 6

Total 69

Unit – 2: Project /Student Activities [CIE- 05 Marks] 9 Hours

Sl. Duration
Activity
No. (Hrs)
1 Design and implement a digital communication link employing ASK or
FSK.
09
2 Demonstration and report on functioning of remote PC access through
Internet.

References
1. Electronics laboratory primer, S. Poorna Chandra, B.Sasikala, S. Chand Technical
Publication. ISBN 81-219-2459-6
2. Digital Communications, Dr. K.N.Hari Bhat and Dr.D.Ganesh Rao, III Edition, Sanguine
Technical Publishers.
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Wh9knsYSodI
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pIlBlNW7sOo
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YmPziPfaByw
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q3tpT1aMZKY
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jXGo4hIZWAY
8. Computer Networks- 5th Edition- Andrew S Tanenbaum- Pearson-Prentice Hall
9. www.windowsnetworking.com
10. www.networktutorials.info

Course Delivery
The course will be normally delivered through two-hour tutorials and four-hour hands-on practice
per week. Normally, one-hour tutorial followed by two-hour hands-on practice is recommended in
each class. Tutorial shall be imparted before the conduction of the experiment. However, activities
are carried-out off class and demonstration/presentation can be in lab sessions.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC47P Page 3

Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme

Master Scheme

Assessment
Assessment To mode Max. Evidence
What Course Outcomes
Method Whom /Frequency Marks Collected
/timing
Two tests+ 10 Blue Books 1 to 6
CIE IA Record @
10 Record Book 1 to 6
Activity* 05 Report/Sheets 1 to 6
End of the Answer Scripts at
End 50 1 to 6
SEE course BTE
exam
Total 75
Student
Middle of the 1 to 3
feedback on Nil Feedback Forms
Course Delivery of course
course
1 to 6
Effectiveness of
End of
End of the delivery
course Nil Questionnaires
Course instructions &
survey
assessment
methods

Legends: CIE-Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE- Semester End-exam Evaluation

+
Every I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However, scored marks shall be
scaled down to 10. Average of two tests, by rounding off any fractional part thereof to next higher
integer, shall be considered for CIE/ IA.
*Students should do activity as per the list of suggested activities/ similar activities with prior approval
of the teacher. Activity process must be initiated well in advance so that it can be completed well
before the end of the term.
@
Record Writing: average of marks allotted for all experiments shall be considered; fractional part of
the average shall be rounded-off to next higher integer.

Composition of CLs
Sl. No. Cognitive Levels (CL) Weightage (%)
1 Remembering 20
2 Understanding 30
3 Applying 50
Total 100

Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) pattern

(i) Project/Student Activity (5 marks)
The student activities in Unit-2 or similar activities of can be assigned

Execution Mode:
1. Maximum of 2 students in each batch for project activity.
2. Either one of the project activity or any similar activity is mandatory for every batch.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC47P Page 4

 3. Project activities shall be carried out throughout the semester and present the project report and
demonstration at the end of the semester.
4. Report shall be qualitative and not to exceed 8 pages; one report per batch shall be submitted.
5. Each of the activity can be carried out off-class; however, demonstration/presentation should be done
during laboratory sessions.
6. Assessment shall be made based on quality of activity in accordance with the following rubrics table.

(ii) Model of rubrics for assessing student activity (for every student)

Scale
Marks
Dimension 1 2 3 4 5
(Example)
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
Collects a
Collects Collects Collects
1. Research Does not great deals
very limited basic more
and collect of
information, information, information, 3
gathering information information,
some relate most refer to most refer
information relate to topic all refer to
to topic the topic to the topic
the topic
Does not
Performs all
2. Full-fills perform any Performs Performs Performs
duties of
team roles duties assigned very little nearly all almost all 2
assigned
and duties to the team duties duties duties
team roles
role
Usually Always Always does
Rarely does
does the does the the assigned
3. Shares Always relies the assigned
assigned assigned work,
work on others to do work, often 5
work, rarely work, rarely without
equality the work needs
needs needs needing
reminding
reminding reminding. reminding
Usually
does most
Is always of the Listens, but Listens and
4. Listen to Listens and
talking, never talking, sometimes talks a little
other team talks a fare 3
allows anyone rarely talk too more than
mates amount
to else to speak allows much, needed.
others to
speak
ceil(13/4)=
Total marks
4

(iii) CIE/IA Tests (10 Marks)

Two tests shall be conducted in accordance with SEE pattern and the marks shall be scaled down
to 10. Average of two tests, rounding-off any fractional part thereof to next higher integer, shall
be considered for CIE/IA.
(iv) Record Evaluation (10 Marks)
Every experiment shall be given marks, in the scale of 10, after its conduction based on student’s
performance and quality of write-up. Average of them, by rounding-off any fractional part
thereof to next higher integer, shall be considered for CIE/IA.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC47P Page 5

 Semester End-exam Evaluation (SEE) Scheme

Sl. Scheme Max.

No. Marks
1 Write-up for two experiments (one each from Part-A and Part-B) with 15
applicable circuit/block diagram/procedure/table/Ideal graph/formulae
2 Construction/Conduction of both the experiments. 20
3 Result 10
4 Viva-voce 05
TOTAL 50
Note:
1. Both parts have equal weightage in the examination; 6-hour experiments shall be
trimmed/scaled down appropriately so that the student shall be able to perform in 3-
hour exam.
2. Candidate is expected to submit record for the examination.
3. Student shall be allowed to execute the program even if she/he is unable to write the
procedure/steps/algorithm.

Laboratory Resource Requirements

Hardware Requirements: For a batch of 20 students.

Sl. Equipments Quantity

No.
1 Kit to demonstrate Sampling theorem and aliasing effect 05
2 Kit to demonstrate PCM. 05
3 Delta Modulation and Detection Trainer kit 05
4 Adaptive Delta Modulation and Detection Trainer kit 05
5 Optical fiber communications trainer kit to cover all the 05
experiments.
6 Dual Channel CRO (25 MHz) 10
7 Function generator (0-1 MHz) 10
8 Linear IC trainer 05
9 Power supply (+/- 5 Volts) 05
10 Computers (Core2duo/Dual core,1GB RAM,150HDD) 20
11 Crimping tool and Cable tester 10(each)
12 16 port switch 02
13 Web camera 06
14 Tool kit 01set
15 Digital multimeters 10
16 Network Interface Card 10

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC47P Page 6

Model Questions for Practice and Semester End Examination
Note: The questions are indicative but not exhaustive.

Part A: Digital communication experiments

1. Conduct an experiment to prove the Sampling Theorem for low pass signals.
2. Conduct an experiment to study the effect of aliasing.
3. Perform an experiment to study Pulse Code Modulation and Demodulation.
4. Conduct an experiment to generate Delta modulated signal.
5. Conduct an experiment to study Adaptive delta modulation.
6. Perform an experiment to generate and detect BASK signal.
7. Perform an experiment to generate and detect BFSK signal.
8. Perform an experiment to generate and detect BPSK signal.
9. Perform an experiment to verify TDM with Fiber Communication System.
10. PC to PC communication using Fiber-optic Digital Link.

Part B: Data Communication and Networking experiments

11. Exercise on crimping Network Cable & Testing using Cable Tester.
12. Configuration of TCP/IP Protocols settings in Windows or Linux.
13. Install a peer to peer network and test with Net meeting.
14. Install a network between 3 or more computers using network switch and test for
sharing resources.
15. Establish LAN between Linux & Windows Systems & Share Printer.
16. Install a Wireless network using Access Point and Wireless Network card between
3 or more computers and Test by Sharing a Printer.
17. Setup Internet using modem, PSTN Line/WLL/Broad Band and Internet account
share internet through LAN.
18. Establish Video conference between 3 users using web camera & headphones
19. To Connect Computers in Star Topology using Wired Media and any Network
Control Device.
20. To Install Network Interface Card to locate MAC address of Computer.

End

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EC47P Page 7

 4£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï-PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-2 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)

Course: Course Code:15KA4NT

4th Kannada Kali-2 (2016-17)
Semester No. of Credits:02 No. of teaching
hours/week:02
No. of teaching
hours/Semester:26
Mode of Assessment and Evaluation: Maximum Marks: 50
Semester End Examination (SEE only)
(SEE)only. No CIE. Minimum Passing marks:20

GzÉÝñÀ:

1. PÉüÀĪÀÅzÀÄ, UÀ滸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ, ¤gÀUÀð¼ÀªÁV ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀàµÀÖªÁV NzÀĪÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ (C©üªÀåQÛ¸ÀĪÀ)

¸ÁªÀÄxÀåðªÀ£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
2. eÁÕ£Ádð£É, ¸Á»vÁå©ügÀÄa, aAvÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ D£ÀAzÀPÁÌV ¸ÀévÀAvÀæªÁV NzÀ®Ä, §gÉAiÀÄ®Ä ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀ®Ä
¸ÀªÀÄxÀðgÁUÀĪÀAvÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
3. ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÛ£ÀÄß ºÉaѹPÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÀàµÀÖ GZÁÑgÀuÉAiÉÆqÀ£É °TvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiËTPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀiÁr¹,
¸ÀévÀAvÀæªÁV ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ §¼ÀPÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
4. £ÁqÀÄ-£ÀÄr, ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀåUÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ DwäAiÀÄ ¨sÁªÁ©üªÀiÁ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
5. QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ½AzÀ ¨sÁµÁ P˱À®åzÀ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ./PÀ°¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
(QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉ JAzÀgÉ, ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯É ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, ªÁåPÀgÀtzÀ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, UÀÄtÂvÁPÀëgÀ,
¸ÀAAiÀÄÄPÁÛPÀëgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, £ÁªÀÄ¥ÀzÀ, °AUÀ, ªÀZÀ£À, ¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É (PÀvÀÈ, PÀªÀÄð, QæAiÀiÁ¥ÀzÀ) EvÁå¢).

Course outcome:
1. Developing listening and speaking skills.
2. Easy Interaction with peers.
3. Students can use the language at ease in daily life situations

¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å

(PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ -²æà °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉêÀÄ£É – PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À)

¨sÁUÀ-2
¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï
PÀæªÀiÁAPÀ ¥ÀoÀåªÀ¸ÀÄÛ«£À «ªÀgÀ - Curriculum Content ¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£À DªÀ¢ü
Lesson Total
No no.of
Classes
/Sem
Part-I
11 Plan to go for a movie. Comparative, non-past 02
tense, instrumental and ablative case
12 Conversation between Doctor & Patient. 02
Potential forms, accusative case.
13 Enquiring about friend’s family 02

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 1

 Past tense –d, and –t- and –id-, negation.
14 Conversation between friends – Past tense –k – T – D 02
and –id-v negation verbal noun
15 Routine activities of a Student. 01
16 About children’s education. 02
Continuous, Perfect tenses and negations.
17 Halebidu - Belur 02
Relative participle, negation and Participle nouns.
18 Discussing about Examination and future plan- 03
conditional and negative conditions.
19 Karnataka (Lesson for reading)(reading skill) 03
20 bEku bEDagaLu (Lesson for reading ( Reading skill) 03
Part- Kannada Scripts 03
II
ECA-word/sentence formation/letter/small essay 01
writing
MlÄÖ UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 26

¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ:
 ªÉÄð£À ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À ¥ÀÄ£ÀgÁªÀwðvÀ ¨sÁUÀUÀ½UÉ §zÀ¯ÁV “QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉ”¬ÄAzÀ UÀ½¸ÀĪÀ CPÀëgÀ eÁÕ£À
¢AzÀ ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÄÛ ºÉaѹ, ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ¸ÀéAvÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£É ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. (CªÀÄä, ªÉƨÉʯï, PÀ£ÀßqÀ
¨sÁµÉ, PÀ«UÀ¼ÀÄ, £ÁlPÀ, d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀ¯É, £Ár£À ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀºÉÆÃzÀgÀ, ¸ÉßûvÀ, vÀgÀPÁj, zÉÆøÉ,
wAr, ¤zÉÝ, ©¹, ZÀ½, DPÁ±À, NzÀÄ, EvÁå¢ ¤vÀå §¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 25-
50 ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À QgÀÄ ¥Àæ§AzÀ gÀÆ¥ÀzÀ ¯ÉÃR£À gÀZÀ£É).
 ¸ÀA¸ÉÜAiÀÄ ¥ÁæZÁAiÀÄðjUÉ «zÁåyðAiÀÄ ªÀÄ£À« ¥ÀvÀæ, PÀÄAzÀÄPÉÆgÀvÉUÀ¼À §UÉÎ ¸ÀA§A¢ü¹zÀªÀjUÉ ¥ÀvÀæ,
¸ÉßûvÀjUÉ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀgÀ¼ÀªÁV AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À §UÉÎ ¥ÀvÀæ¯ÉÃR£À. (6-10 ªÁPÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ).
DPÀgÀ UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:
1. PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-²æà °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉêÀÄ£É – PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.
2. ¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
3. ¸ÀgÀ¼À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁåPÀgÀt ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ- JA.« £ÁUÀgÁdgÁªï/EvÀgÉ ¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÄ.
4. ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ¥Àætw-¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ ¦AiÀÄĹ ¥ÀÆgÀPÀ ¥ÀoÀå.
5. ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀvÀæªÀåªÀºÁgÀzÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ 4£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï-PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-2 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)

¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï CAwªÀÄ °TvÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë

¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 2 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ UÀjµÀ× CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:50
---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Fill in the blanks using the appropriate words.

2. Rewrite as directed.
3. Combine the following sentences.
4. Translate into Kannada.
5. Answer the following questions.
6. Fill in the blanks using the correct past tense forms of the verbs giving in the bracket.

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 2

 7. Transform into negative.
8. Substitute and complete the sentence
9. Vocabulary (meanings of words) using formation of sentences (any five).
10. Questions from lessons 17 to 19. (Out of 6 questions, answer any 3 questions).

11. Scripts- consonants form- +vowel (10 types)

12. Conversation & other questions. (KK-Exercises)

ªÀiÁzÀj ¥Àæ±ÉߥÀwæPÉ:
r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ 4£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï-PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-2 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)

¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï CAwªÀÄ °TvÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë

¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 2 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ UÀjµÀ× CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:50

I. (a) Fill in the blank using the correct past tense forms of the verbs given in the
bracket. 3+2 =05
1.CªÀgÀÄ ¤£Éß Hj¤AzÀ .............. (¨Á)
2. CªÀ¼ÀÄ MAzÀÄ ºÉtÄÚ ªÀÄUÀÄ ......................... (ºÉgÀÄ)
3.£Á£ÀÄ ¤£ÀUÁV vÀÄA¨Á ºÉÆvÀÄÛ................ (PÁAiÀÄÄ)

(b) Fill in the blank using the correct verbal participle forms of the verbs given in
the bracket.
1.D ºÀÄqÀÄV ªÀÄ£É ................................ ºÉÆÃzÀ¼ÀÄ. (©qÀÄ)
2. CªÀ£ÀÄ EªÀvÀÛ Hj¤AzÀ..............£Á¼É §gÀÄvÁÛ£É. (ºÉÆgÀqÀÄ)
II. Give the negative forms of the following sentence. (Any Five) 1X5=05

C) ¤ÃªÀÅ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ PÉÆr.

D) ¤ÃªÀÅ ¹UÀgÉÃmï ¸ÉÃzÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

E) CªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ ZÉ£ÁßV UÉÆvÀÄÛ.

F) CªÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ°vÀgÀÄ.

G) CªÀ¼ÀÄ vÀ¯É ¨ÁaPÉÆAqÀÄ §AzÀ¼ÀÄ.

H) CªÀ¤UÉ ¥sÉÆÃ£ï §A¢zÉ.

J) gÀ« ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ªÀÄ®VvÁð£É.

III. Translate into KANNADA. (Any Five) 2X5=10

1) Who will come with you?

2) Today Ms. Kamala will go to her native place.
3) You must drink butter milk daily.
4) Please, don’t talk to me.
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 3
 5) How much advance money did you pay for the hostel?
6) How many of you are learning Kannada seriously?
7) If I get good marks in diploma, I will get admission for BE program.
8) At what time today you will be available in the hostel?.

IV. Vocabulary.

(a) Write English equivalents of the Kannada words. (Any five) 1X5=05

1. DUÀ¸À 2. ±ÉÊ° 3. C£ÀĪÀiÁ£À 4.¥ÀjÃPÉë 5.eÁw 6.£ÉʸÀVðPÀ 7.ªÀÄvÀ 8. ªÁtÂdå

(b) Write Kannada equivalents of the English words. (Any five) 1X5=05

1. Wealth 2. Religion 3. Memory 4.fear 5.Environment 6. Primary 7. Mistakes 8. Tall

VI. Conversation:

F PɼÀV£À C¥ÀÆtð ¸ÀA¨sÁµÀuÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DªÀgÀtzÀ°è (bracket) ¤ÃrgÀĪÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß CxÀðªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀÄ ¥ÀÆwð

ªÀiÁr. -05

gÁdÄ: ¤£ÀUÉ ¤£Éß ªÉÆúÀ£ï ¹PÀÌ£Á?

gÁªÀÄÄ: ............................. negative) ¤£ÀUÉ ¹PÀÌ£Á?
gÁdÄ ..................... (Positive) ºËzÀÄ, ¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛä CAvÀ ºÉýzÀ.
gÁªÀÄÄ: ................. (Enquiring about meeting him)
gÁdÄ: CªÀ£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ©lÖ£ÀAvÉ.
gÁªÀÄÄ: ................................... (Questioning)
gÁdÄ: ....................................(Answer).

VII.Transform the following sentences as per direction. (Any Five) 1X5=05

1. ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ°è Dl CqÁÛ (into present continuous) EzÀݪÀÅ.

2. ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ vÀgÀUÀwAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀĪÀÄä£ É (into present continuous) £ÀUÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.
3. D ºÉAUÀ¸ÀgÀÄ dUÀ¼À DqÁÛ EzÁÝgÉ. (into past continuous)
4. vÀgÀPÁj PÀrªÉÄ ¨É¯ÉUÉ ¹UÁÛ EzÉ. (into past continuous)
5. CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á E°èUÉ §vÁð£É. (into habitual)
6. E°è §¸ÀÄìUÀ¼ÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á NqÁqÀÛ (into habitual) EªÉ.
7. DAzsÀæ¥ÀæzÉñÀ¢AzÀ §A¢zÀÝ «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ J°èzÁÝgÉ?(into present perfect)

VIII.Write the Kannada alphabet in the traditional order. 05

OR
ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ ¨ÉîÆj¤AzÀ JµÀÄÖ zÀÆgÀzÀ°èzÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ AiÀiÁªÀ f¯ÉèAiÀÄ°èzÉ? E°è£À zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ K£ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ
CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀnÖ¹zÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?
IX. Combine the following: (Any One) 1X1=01

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 4

 (A) 1) ªÀÄ£É + EAzÀ =
2) ªÀiï + O =
(B) Combine the following sentence using verbal participle form. (Any One) 1X1=01

C) ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆlÖgÀÄ.

ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ ¸ÀPÀð¸ï £ÉÆÃrzÀgÀÄ.
D) £Á£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÉÝ.
£Á£ÀÄ JA.J. N¢zÉ.
(B) Frame meaningful small sentences with using words given given below:(Any Three) -1X3=03.
C) ªÀÄgÀ D) ¥sÀ® E) HgÀÄ F) ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï G) EªÀgÀÄ H) ªÀÄ£É J) ±Á¯É

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ gÀZÀ£Á ¸À«Äw

 ¸ÀA¥ÁzÀQÃAiÀÄ ¸À«Äw:

1. ²æà n J¯ï gÀ«ÃAzÀæ, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÀPÁðj f.Dgï.L.¹.¦ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

2. ²æà n. wªÀÄä¥Àà, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ(DAiÉÄÌ ±ÉæÃtÂ), AiÀiÁAwæPÀ «¨sÁUÀ, ¸ÀPÁðj ¥Á°mÉQßPï,
vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ.

 ¸À®ºÁ ¸À«ÄwAiÀÄ ¨ÁºÀå ¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä® ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ.

1. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) r. ¥ÁAqÀÄgÀAUÀ ¨Á§Ä, PÀÄ®¸ÀaªÀgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.

2. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) C±ÉÆÃPï PÀĪÀiÁgï gÀAdgÉ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.
3. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) PÉ ªÉÊ £ÁgÁAiÀÄt ¸Áé«Ä, ¸ÀºÀ ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
¸ÀPÁðj PÀ¯Á PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.
4. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) eÉ ¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ ºÁUÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå¸ÀÜgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, (fPÉ«PÉ) ºÉ¨Áâ¼À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 5

 KARNATAKA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION, BENGALURU.
TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR KANNADA COURSE IN DIPLOMA PROGRAME
SEMESTER: III COMMON TO ALL DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES C-15 Curriculum
SL.N0 COURSE Teaching scheme Examination scheme
/QP CODE Contact hours

Department
COURSE NAME TH TU PR TOTAL Credit Exam End exam Maximum Minimum

Teaching
paper Max Min CIE Marks Marks for
duration marks marks passing.
in Hrs (IA+SA ) (IA + SA)
THEORY
1 KANNADA KALI-1 KA 15KA3NT 2 - - 2 2 - - - 50 20

2 TANTRIKA KA 15KA3KT 2 - - 2 2 - - - 50 20
KANNADA -1
CIE- Continuous Internal Examination: SEE-Semester End Examination: IA-Internal Assessment Tests: SA- Student Activity.
Note: 1. Candidates studied Kannada as one subject in 10th standard shall take Tantrika Kannada 1 &2. Others may take “Kannada Kali-1&2”.
2. In 3rd Semester- Assessment is only by CIE and no SEE. Average marks of three I A tests shall be rounded off to the next higher digit. Rubrics to
be devised appropriately to assess student activity.

KARNATAKA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION, BENGALURU.

TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR KANNADA COURSE IN DIPLOMA PROGRAME
SEMESTER: IV COMMON TO ALL DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES C-15 Curriculum
SL.N0 COURSE Teaching scheme Examination scheme
/QP CODE Contact hours
Department

COURSE NAME TH TU PR TOTAL Credit Exam Sem End Exam Maximum Minimum
Teaching

paper Max Min CIE Marks Marks for

duration Exam Passing passing.
in Hrs Marks Marks (IA+SA ) (IA + SA)
THEORY
1 KANNADA KALI-2 KA 15KA4NT 2 - - 2 2 2 50 20 - -

2 TANTRIKA KA 15KA4KT 2 - - 2 2 2 50 20 - -
KANNADA -2
CIE- Continuous Internal Examination: SEE-Semester End Examination: IA-Internal Assessment Tests: SA- Student Activity.
Note: In 4th Semester- Assessment is only by SEE and no CIE. To award diploma certificate, passing in Kannada course is mandatory. However
Kannada course is not included in the eligibility criteria for promotion to the higher semester.

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ r¥ÉÆèªÀiÁ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ Page 1

 r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ-vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-2 ( PÀ£ÀßqÀ §®èªÀjUÁV)

4£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ -2 ( ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ)

¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ
Course: Course Code:15KA4KT
vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ -2 (2016-17)
4th Semester No. of Credits:02 No. of teaching hours/week:02
No. of teaching
hours/Semester:26

Mode of Assessment and Maximum Marks: 50

Evaluation: (SEE only)
Semester End Examination Minimum Passing marks:20
(SEE)only. No CIE.

¥ÀoÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀ ¥ÁoÀ ¥ÀoÀåzÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ/¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÄ/¥ÀæPÀluÉ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï

¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÁªÀ¢ü
UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
PÁªÀå ªÀÄAdj-(§zÀÄPÀÄ 1 (PÁªÀå UÀÄZÀÒUÀ¼ÀÄ) 02
ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁ£ÀªÀvÉ) (1) £À£Àß ºÀtvÉ-qÁ:f.J¸ï.J¸ï.
(2) ªÀÄAPÀÄ wªÀÄä£À PÀUÀÎ-r.«.f

¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw 2 C¯ÉPÁìAqÀgï£À UÀÄgÀÄzÀQëuÉ-ªÀiÁ¹Û ªÉAPÀmÉñÀ CAiÀÄåAUÁgï 02

¥Àj¸ÀgÀ/¸ÁºÀ¸À 3 ªÉÊ£Ár£À £ÀgÀ¨sÀPÀëPÀgÀÄ - ¥ÀÆtðZÀAzÀæ vÉÃd¹é 02

QæÃqÉ/PÀ¯É 4 f.Dgï.«±Àé£Áxï-qÁ: PÉ.¥ÀÄlÖ¸Áé«Ä 02

vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À 5 ªÀiÁ»w vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À-MAzÀÄ ¸ÀÆÜ® £ÉÆÃl-f.J£ï.£ÀgÀ¹ABªÀÄÆwð 02

AiÀıÉÆÃUÁxÉ/ªÀåQÛavÀæt 6 qÁ:«±ÉéñÀégÀAiÀÄå-ªÀåQÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ LwºÀå - J.J£ï.ªÀÄÆwðgÁªï 02
¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å- 7 °TvÀ C©üªÀåQÛ: ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£É-ªÁåSÉå: ¥ÀvÀæzÀ ¨sÁµÉ, ±ÉÊ°, £ÀªÀÄÆ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 06
ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ (1) ªÉÊAiÀÄQÛPÀ ¥ÀvÀæ (¥ÀæªÁ¸À/PÉÆÃjPÉ.(ªÀÄ£À«/DwäAiÀÄjUÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ)..)
(2) ¥ÀvÀæ ªÀåªÀºÁgÀ (ªÁtÂdå ¸ÀA¸ÉÜUÀ½UÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀ/¥ÀævÀÄåvÀÛgÀ ¥ÀqÉAiÀÄĪÀ,
¨ÁåAPïUÀ½UÉ/¸ÀPÁðj PÀZÉÃjUÀ½UÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ....)-ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ
(3) C¨sÀåxÀð£À ¥ÀvÀæ (ºÀÄzÉÝUÉ Cfð) -1-2 £ÀªÀÄÆ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ-4-5 ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ¼ÀÄ
(4) NzÀÄUÀgÀ «¨sÁUÀPÉÌ ¥ÀwæPÁ ¸ÀA¥ÁzÀPÀjUÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ 1 £ÀªÀÄÆ£É-3-4
«µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À ªÉÄÃ¯É ¥ÀvÀæ §gɸÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
8 ¸ÀAQë¥ÀÛ ¯ÉÃR£À (¸ÁgÁA±À ¯ÉÃR£À) 02
9 ªÀiËTPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ> ZÀZÁð ¸ÀàzsÉð/PÀÆl-¨sÁµÀt-D±ÀĨsÁµÀt -PÁAiÀÄðPÀæªÀÄ 06
¤gÀÆ¥ÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
MlÄÖ CªÀ¢ü 26 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 1

 r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ 4£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï (PÀ£ÀßqÀ§®è «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ)
vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-2
¥Àj«r
¨sÁUÀ-1

PÁªÀå UÀÄZÀÒ
1. £À£Àß ºÀtvÉ-qÁ:f.J¸ï.²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà
2. ªÀÄAPÀÄwªÀÄä£À PÀUÀÎ-r«f
UÀzÀå ¸Á»vÀå
3. C¯ÉPÁìAqÀgÀ£À UÀÄgÀÄzÀQëuÉ (¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw-PÀvÉ)-²æäªÁ¸À (ªÀiÁ¹Û)
4. ªÉÊ£Ár£À £ÀgÀ¨sÀPÀëPÀgÀÄ (¥Àj¸ÀgÀ-¸ÁºÀ¸À)-PÉ.¦.¥ÀÆ.vÉÃdì¹é
5. °lè¯ï ªÀiÁ¸ÀÖgï (QæÃqÉ/PÀ¯É)-qÁ.PÉ.¥ÀÄlÖ¸Áé«Ä
6. ªÀiÁ»w vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À-f.J£ï.£ÀgÀ¹AºÀªÀÄÆwð
7. qÁ:«±ÉéñÀégÀAiÀÄå-ªÀåQÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ LwºÀå-J.J£ï.ªÀÄÆwðgÁªï

¨sÁUÀ-2 -¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

(1)§gÀºÀ gÀÆ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀAªÀºÀ£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ-C©üªÀåQÛAiÀÄ ¸ÀégÀÆ¥À

O¥ÀZÁjPÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C£Ë¥ÀZÁjPÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ
(C) ¥ÀvÀæªÀåªÀºÁgÀ-ªÁåSÉå- «ªÀgÀuÉ
(D) ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼À ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ
1. ªÁtÂdå ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ-ªÁåSÉå, PÉ®ªÀÅ «zsÀUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
2. SÁ¸ÀV/ªÉÊAiÀÄQÛPÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ
3. ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ½UÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀ (NzÀÄUÀgÀ)¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ
4. C¨sÀåxÀð£À ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ

(2) ¸ÁgÁA±À ¯ÉÃR£À: ªÁåSÉå, GzÉÝà ±À, «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ.

3 . ªÀiËTPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ(vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ)

1. «µÀAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ¨sÁµÀtUÀ¼ÀÄ
2. D±ÀĨsÁµÀt (gÀZÀ£ÁvÀäPÀ «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ)
3. ZÀZÉð ( «ZÁgÀ «¤ªÀÄAiÀÄ/¥ÀgÀ-«gÀÄzÀÞ ªÁzÀ ªÀÄAqÀ£É)
4. ¤gÀÆ¥ÀuÉ

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 2

 Course outcome:
1. Developing listening and speaking skills.
2. Easy Interaction with peers.
3. Students can use the language at ease in daily life situations

r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ £Á®Ì£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï (PÀ£ÀßqÀ «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ)

vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-2
¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 2.00 UÀAmÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 50

I. PɼÀV£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà LzÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ 1-2 ¥ÀÆtð ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À°è GvÀÛj¹. 1X5=05

(1) ªÀiÁ»w vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£ÀzÀ ªÀiÁ»wAiÀÄ£ÀÄß £ÀµÀÖUÉƽ¸ÀĪÀ C¤µÀÖ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ?
(2) ¢ªÁ£ï ¥ÀzÀ« §AzÁUÀ ¸Àgï.JA.«±ÉéñÀégÀAiÀÄå£ÀªÀgÀÄ vÀªÀÄä vÁ¬ÄUÉ ºÉýzÀ ªÀiÁvÉãÀÄ?
(3) Cj¸ÁÖl¯ï AiÀiÁgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CªÀgÀÄ C¯ÉPÁìAqÀgÀ¤UÉ K£ÁUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ?
(4) ¸ÀÄvÉÆÛÃ¯É CxÀªÀ ¥Àj¥ÀvÀæ JAzÀgÉãÀÄ?
(5) ¦ü¤Pïì JAzÀgÉãÀÄ?
(6) ‘SÉqÁØ’ JAzÀgÉãÀÄ?
(7) ¤gÀÆ¥ÀPÀgÉAzÀgÉ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?

II. PɼÀV£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ ¸ÀAQë¥ÀÛªÁV GvÀÛj¹. 5X3=15

(1) PÀ« “ºÀtvÉ ºÀZÀÄÑvÉÛÃ£É £Á£ÀÄ’ JAzÀÄ KPÉ ºÉüÀÄvÁÛgÉ?

(2) QèAiÀiÁAvÀ¸À£À ¸ÁªÀÅ
(3) PÁPÀ£ÀPÉÆÃmÉ PÁqÀÄ ºÉÃVzÉ?
(4) CAvÀgÀeÁ®zÀ G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ.
(5) C£Ë¥ÀZÁjPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ JAzÀgÉãÀÄ w½¹.
(6) ZÀZÉð – ªÁåSÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀzÀ §UÉÎ §gɬÄj.

III . F PɼÀV£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ «ªÀgÀuÁvÀäPÀ GvÀÛgÀ §gɬÄj. 10X3=30

(C) ºÀįÁèUÀÄ ¨ÉlÖzÀr...... PÀUÀÎzÀ°è ªÀÄ£ÀĵÀå K£ÁUÀ¨ÉÃPÉAzÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀAVÃvÀ PÀ¯ÉAiÉÆAzÀÄ
¸Á»vÀå PÀ¯ÉAiÉÆAzÀÄ....” PÀUÀÎzÀ°è PÀ« EªÉ®è ªÀÄ£ÀĵÀå¤UÉ KPÉ ¨ÉÃPÉAzÀÄ ºÉüÀÄvÁÛgÉ?
(D) CtÚ£À£ÀÄß PÁ¥ÁqÀ®Ä AiÉÄÃUÀ ªÀiÁrzÀ ¸ÁºÀ¸ÀªÀ£ÀÄß «ªÀj¹.
(CxÀªÀ)
CwAiÀiÁzÀ £ÀUÀjÃPÀgÀtPÁÌV PÁqÀÄUÀ¼À £Á±À¢AzÀ ¥Àj¸ÀgÀzÀ ªÉÄïÁUÀĪÀ ¥ÀjuÁªÀÄUÀ¼À
§UÉÎ §gɬÄj.
(E) ¤ÃªÀÅ PÁ¯ÉÃf¤AzÀ ºÉÆÃV§AzÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¸ÀzÀ C£ÀĨsÀªÀ PÀÄjvÀÄ ¤ªÀÄä UɼÉAiÀÄjUÉ ¥ÀvÀæ §gɬÄj.
(F) PɼÀV£À «µÀAiÀĪÀ£ÀÄß MAzÀÄ ¸ÀÆPÀÛ ²Ã¶ðPÉ ¸À»vÀ 30 ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À «ÄwAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀAPÉëÃ¥ÀUÉƽ¹.
¤Ã¯ÁA§gÀ ¢éÃ¥À. EzÉÆAzÀÄ ¸ÀÄAzÀgÀ ¢éÃ¥À. ¥ÀæªÁ¹UÀ½UÉ ¸ÀéUÀð¸ÀªÀiÁ£À ¢éÃ¥À. F ¢éÃ¥À »AzÀÆ
ªÀĺÁ¸ÁUÀgÀzÀ zÀQëtQÌgÀĪÀ DgÀÄ ¢éÃ¥À ¸ÀªÀÄƺÀzÀ°è ªÀÄzsÀåzÀ°è ºÀÄtÂÚªÉÄ ZÀAzÀæ£ÀAvÉ PÀAUÉƽ¸ÀÄwÛgÀĪÀ zÉÆqÀØ
¢éÃ¥À. F ¢éÃ¥À MAzÀÄ ¨sÁUÀzÀ°è ºÀ¹gÀÄ ZÁzÀgÀ ºÁ¹zÀAvÉ ¸ÀªÀÄvÀmÁÖzÀ ºÀÄ®ÄèUÁªÀ®Ä. E£ÉÆßAzÀÄÀ ¥ÀPÀÌ
§UɧUÉAiÀÄ ºÀtÄÚUÀ¼À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ºÀƪÀÅUÀ¼À VqÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CrPÉ, ªÀiÁªÀÅ, ªÉÄt¸ÀÄ, K®QÌ, ®ªÀAUÀzÀAvÀºÀ VqÀ-
ªÀÄgÀUÀ½AzÀ PÀÆrzÉ.F ¢éÃ¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄzsÉå QjÃlzÀAvÉ £ÀªÀÄä GzÀPÀªÀÄAqÀ®zÀAwgÀĪÀ ºÀ¹j£À ¨ÉlÖ. ¤¸ÀUÀðzÀvÀÛ
ºÀƪÀÅUÀ¼À VqÀUÀ½AzÀ ¥ÀĵÉÆÖÃzÁå£ÀzÀAwzÉ. ¥ÀæPÀÈwAiÉÄà ¤«Äð¹gÀĪÀ w½¤Ãj£À ¸ÀÄAzÀgÀ PÉƼÀ F ¨ÉlÖzÀ

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 3

 DPÀµÀðuÉAiÀiÁVzÉ. »ÃUÁV F ¢éÃ¥À ¥ÀæªÁ¹UÀjUÉ C¥ÁgÀ DPÀµÀðPÀ vÁtªÁVzÉ. E°è£À d£À ¸ÀºÀ
¸Ëd£Àå²Ã®gÀÄ. ¸Àȶ×AiÀÄ ±ÀÈAUÁgÀªÀ£Éß®è M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀ F ¢éÃ¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå PÀ¸ÀÄ§Ä PÀȶ, vÉÆÃlUÁjPÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ
¥ÀæªÁ¸ÉÆÃzÀåªÁVgÀĪÀÅzÀjAzÀ, EzÉÆAzÀÄ ²æêÀÄAvÀ ¢éÃ¥ÀªÁVzÉ.
********

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ gÀZÀ£Á ºÁUÀÄ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ ¸À«Äw

 ¸ÀA¥ÁzÀQÃAiÀÄ ¸À«Äw:

1. ²æà n J¯ï gÀ«ÃAzÀæ, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÀPÁðj f.Dgï.L.¹.¦ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

2. ²æà n. wªÀÄä¥Àà, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ(DAiÉÄÌ ±ÉæÃtÂ), AiÀiÁAwæPÀ «¨sÁUÀ, ¸ÀPÁðj ¥Á°mÉQßPï, vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ.

 ¸À®ºÁ ¸À«ÄwAiÀÄ ¨ÁºÀå ¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä® ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ.

1. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) r. ¥ÁAqÀÄgÀAUÀ ¨Á§Ä, PÀÄ®¸ÀaªÀgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.

2. ¥ÉÆ.æ (qÁ.) C±ÉÆÃPï PÀĪÀiÁgï gÀAdgÉ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.
3. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) PÉ ªÉÊ £ÁgÁAiÀÄt ¸Áé«Ä, ¸ÀºÀ ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
¸ÀPÁðj PÀ¯Á PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.
4. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) eÉ ¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ ºÁUÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå¸ÀÜgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, (fPÉ«PÉ) ºÉ¨Áâ¼À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 4